NC0024333_Regional Office Historical File Pre 2018 (4)

r,
SOC Priority,Project: Yes X No
If Yes, SOC No.: 90-08 Ad II
To: Permits and Engineering Unit
'Water'Quallty Section
Attention:' Sasan.Wi1son
. r
Date: Decemb.e,r 171 1993
NPDES STAFF.REPORT.AND RECOMMENDATION
County: Union
Permit No, NC0024333
PART 3 - GENERAL INFORMATION
mAilt
1. Facility and Address: City of Monroe WWTP
Post 0ffice Box 69
Monroe, North Carolina 28111
2. Date of Investigation: Dec. 9, 1993
3. Report Prepared by: Kim H. Colson, Environmental Engineer I
4. Persons Contacted and Telephone Number: Kim Hinson, (704)
282-4612.
5. Directions to Site: From the intersection of US Hwy 74 and
Walkup Ave. in the City of Monroe, travel northeast on Walkup
Ave. approximately 2.4 miles. The WWTP is located on the left
side of Walkup Ave.
6. Discharge Point(s), List for all discharge points:
Latitude: 34° 59' 48" Longitude: 80° 29' 28..
Attach a USGS map extract and indicate treatment facility site
and discharge point on map.
U.S.G.S. Quad No.: H17NW U.S.G.S. Quad Name: Wingate, NC
7. Site size and expansion area consistent with application?
Yes.
8. Topography (relationship to flood plain included): Moderate
sloping; the WWTP does not appear to be located within the 100
year flood plain. .
9. Location of nearest dwelling: None within 500 feet.
10. Receiving stream or affected surface waters: Richardson Creek
a. Classification: C
b. River Basin and Subbasin No.: Yadkin - Pee Dee 030714

T s;'
D e 3 c 1' 1a C,>
downstream uses: st
� lzu
t:. r Ed a> �: �.c .1 �: lI �� 1:' c> �� bottom.
re`;e r1"fi:; 3. r , is 1 ocat ed upstream
n" unknown if .[Low
conditions Genera
PART IT pLSC?: PTTON OF DISCIIARGE AND TPErATasE"T WORKS
of th
tt1:,1 treatment
7.e h', C 'E.')
Date(s) and cons t rtsc:: t. ;i c,n
teathorizati.;:tns to (onstruet 1s
wastewater
ti current
"I e r o i blowers,
a n d f i. n al c 1 a r z aa° to
and new TP AC pumps. n
Construct 4s. as;a 't.°; i3.r• 1 ()11 .7'.,II,Cr n8 1CrC'5,
1 • c: a n :' G4" x.:. .. N `= D influent pump
t:r"andeS➢t s S,t i'i e 1. t I Tl influent pump
total of 22.5 NOD p 1 fiou), NG
na'& test ;= G filters, s•"oho bi1Ste ' a;ali of
fi 1t",ers, de Mori. laa Lion, conversion
d :t..`t t. t? :s P" t c) ,..'-,e
n,I.ng. ba:',ln5,, =;ind re l;..pi'eIT➢e-'sit. Cf the fa 'ssr1•$
w i t. 11 a 7 ) i S:..` h o u t f 3 1 I 1.:5 11 e .
1P1 ea r' t r vide a dr`:'t
constructed 1 :I?:.at. e+' tstes:" t. s'
treatment farilit.is con'
rotary influent
aeration t>asi
clarifier
cascade post aaet`
s3,.s.i.sted
drying 1.>ed sl
holcling The
generator for the influent pumpi
' served by dual source
se ' i... 1 t' 1
tre. Itm
er.
a d e:s c r i p t i
Pro
substantaally
station,
four
O s
end
an
The
vacuum
sludge
Age
to
ty
proposed
io S'iT 'f:J c ]. .1 ]. t.. i.
aeration basin
dechlorirt1ti.o1'5,
ini.1(,n.
4- ter
will
with

Page Three
g•
•
Possible toxic 'impacts to surface waters: Pretreatment
information submitted in- the application indicates
several industries which may contritfut.e toxic
constituents to*the. WWTP if not properly controlled
through the pretreatment program. See permit application
for more information.
h. Pretreatment Program (POTWs only): The City has an
approved pretreatment program.
2. Residuals handling and utilization/disposal scheme:
a.
If residuals are being land applied, please specify DEM
Permit No.: WQ0001346
Residuals Contractor: BioGro, Inc.
Telephone No.: [phone]
b. Residuals stabilization: PSRP
c. Landfill: N/A
d. Other disposal/utilization scheme (Specify): N/A
3. Treatment plant classification (attach completed rating
sheet): Class IV
4. SIC Code(s): 4952
Wastewater Code(s)
Primary: 01 Secondary:
Main Treatment Unit Code: 02103
PART III — OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION
1. Is this facility being constructed with Construction Grant
Funds or are any public monies involved (municipals only)?
The facility has obtained revolving loans through the
Construction Grants Section.
2.. Special monitoring or limitations (including toxicity)
requests: N/A
..3. Important SOC, JOC or Compliance Schedule dates (Please
indicate): The facility must comply with all permitted
effluent limits by April 1, 1994.
.G .
Alternative Analysis Evaluation:
Spray Irrigation: N/A
Connection to. Regional Sewer System: N/A
Subsurface: N/A
Other disposal options: N/A

•
Page Four
5. Air quality and/or groundwater concerns or hazardous materials
utilized at this facility that may impact water quality, air
quality, or groundwater: There are no known air..quality or
hazardous materials concerns. The groundwater section may
have concerns regarding the unlined sludge holding lagoon and
clay lined equalization basin.
6. Other Special Items: N/A
PART IV — EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The permittee, City of Monroe, has applied for permit renewal.
The facility is in the process of completing an upgrade of the
facility. The facility should be able to meet all permitted
effluent limits by the April 1, 1994 requirement provided the new
tertiary filters are completed at that time.
The facility has requested the 7.0 MGD permitted limit for
flow be changed to 8.5 MGD. The facility has a design capacity of
7.0 MOD at the present time; however, the permittee contends that
the facility is designed for .a monthly peak flow of 8.5 MGD and an
annual average flow of 7.0 MGD. If the permit were issued with an
8.5 MGD monthly average, it would be possible for, the facility to
have an annual flow of greater than 7.0 MGD. If the facility
wishes to have a flow limit of 8.5 MGD, the City should submit
plans and specifications detailing that the WWTP is designed to
treat an average flow of 8.5 MGD. Note: When the SOC expires the
permitted flow limit will be 7.0 MGD, the SOC allowed a flow of 9.0
MGD. However, the facility will not complete expansion to 9.0 MGD
until 1995.
With the construction of the additional treatment facilities
detailed in the June 28, 1993 Authorization to Construct, the WWTP
will have capacity of 9.0' MGD. The City will further expand the
WWTP in the future to 11.0 MGD.
The Instream Assessment Unit should carefully evaluate the
wastewater discharge. Monitoring data reveals dissolved oxygen
levels below the water quality stream standard in both upstream and
downstream monitoring locations. Downstream dissolved oxygen
levels at SR 1006 are slightly lower than upstream values.

Page Five
It is recommended that the permit be renewed with flow limits
for 7.0 MGD (existing), 9.0 MGD, and 11.0 MGD.
Signature of report preparer
73,
Water Quality ;giona1 Supervisor
/2---72 /�%
Date

�I

sCOlz�
11'4t°1')
1
1
UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
$0,30'
35° 00'f �•
3e72°03m.N.
3370
V
3369
00
0.
Uz
0
UC`V
57'30"
- 3868
548 1 549
546°3°m-E.
�\J
• 547,.

~ RATING SCALE FOR CLASSIFICATION OF FACILITIES
ITEM
(1)
Name of Plant: Lv1v op - r - 1ihnJ r'
Owner or Contact Person: Tor . r2� 1 1c1<
Mailing Address: '?01'3,,x (9i 771r,r-cZor- iitc 2BIli —0069
County: Lbs./ tc r-'
NPDES Permit No. NC00214 333'
IssueDate: 12/ t / Sc, -
Existing Facility I/
Rated By: V,, ioi,s0,J
Telephone: Cry\ zg3
Nondisc. Per. No. 031n3 t3t-{rs
Expiration Date: s/3 I /Sy
New Facility
Date: 1.2./J0 S
Reviewed (Train. & Cert.)` Reg. Office
Reviewed (Train. & Cert.) Central Office
ORC 1r.►n. l-trtSot.k
Grade_IL
Plant Class: (circle one) I II III
Total Points 16 g
POINTS
Industrial Pretreatment Units and/or
Industrial Pretreatment Program _
(see definition No. 33) 4
(2) DESIGN FLOW OF PLANT IN GPD
(not applicable to non -contaminated cooling waters, sludge
handling facilities for water purification plants, totally
closed cycle systems (def. No. 11), and facilities
consisting only of Item (4) (d) or Items (4) (d) and (11) (d))
0 — 20,000 1
20,001 — 50,000 2
50,001 — 100,000 3
100,001 — 250,00D 4
250,001 — 500,000 5
500,001 --1,000,000 8
1,000,001 — 2,000,000 10
2,000,001 (and up) - rate 1 point additional for each
200,000 gpd capacity up to a
maximum of 30
Design Flow (ge3) : it d r N t
(3) PRELIMINARY UNITS (see definition no. 32)
(a) Bar Screens
or
(b) Mechanical Screens, Static Screens or
Comminuting Devices
(c) Grit Removal
or
(d) Mechanical or Aerated Grit Removal
(e) Flow Measuring Device
or
(I) Instrumented Flow Measurement
(g) Preaeration
(h) Influent Flow•Equalization
(I) Grease or OH Separators - Gravity
Mechanical 3
Dissolved Air Flotation. 8
(j) Prechtorination 5
(4) PRIMARY TREATMENT UNITS
(a) Septic Tank (see definition no. 43) 2
(b) Imhoff Tank 5
(c) Primary Clarifiers 5
(d) Settling Ponds or Settling Tanks for Inorganic
Non -toxic Materials (sludge handling facilities
for water purification plants, sand, grave!,
stone, and other mining operations except
recreational activities such as gem or gold
mining) 2
1
2
1
(5) SECONDARY TREATMENT UNITS
(a) Carbonaceous Stage
(i)Aeration - High Purily Oxygen System
Diffused Air System
Mechanical Air System (fixed,
floating or rotor) 8
Separate Sludge Reaeration 3
(ii) Trickling Filter
High Rate
Standard Rate
Packed Tower
(i i I) biological Aerated Filler or Aerated
Biological Filter
(iv) Aerated Lagoons
•
20
7
5
5
10
10
(v) Rotating Biological Contactors 10
(vi) Sand Fillers-
intermittent biological .
• recirculating biological
(va) Stabilization Lagoons
(viii)Clarilier
(ix) Single stage system for combined
carbonaceous removal of BOD and
nitrogenous removal by nitrification
(see def. No. 12) (Points for this item
have to be In addition 10 items (5) (a)
n through (5) (a) (vm
(x) Nutrient additions to enhance BOD
removal
(xi) Biological Culture ("Super Bugs') addition
to enhance organic compound removal
(b) •Nitrogenous Stage
(i) Aeration - High Purily Oxygen System • 20
Diffused Air System 10
Mechanical Air System (fixed,
floating, or rotor) 8
Separate Sludge Reaeration 3
(ii) Trickling Filter -
High Rate 7
Standard Rate 5
Packed Tower 5
(I ii) Biological Aerated Filter or Aerated
• Biological Filter 10
(iv) Rotating Biological Contactors 10
(v) Sand Filter -
intermittent biological 2
recirculating biological 3
(vi) Clarifier..... 5
•
5
5

(6) TERTIARY OR ADVANCED TREATMENTUNIT
(a) Activated Carbons Beds - _ 5
without carbon regeneration 5
with carbon regeneration
(b) Powdered or Granular Activated Carbon Feed - 5
without carbon regeneration ' 5
with carbon regeneration 15
Air Stripping w
Denitrilication Process (separate process) • - . - 15
Etectrodialysis - 5
Foam Separation 5
lon Exchange
Land Application of Treated Effluent
(see definition no-• 22b) (not applicable for
sand, grave!, stone and other similar mining
operations)
(i) on agriculturally managed sites (See def. , 0
No. 4)
(ii) by high rale infiltration on non -agriculturally
managed sites (includes rotary distributors 4
and similar fixed nozzle systems)
(iii) by subsurface disposal (includes low pressure
pipe systems and gravity systems except al
plants consisting of septic lank and nitrifica-
tion lines only) - 5
(i) Micrascreens
(j) Phosphorus flemoral by Biological Processes
(See def. No. 26)
(k) Polishing Ponds -
(I)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(9)
(h)
Post Aeration -
20
without aeration
with aeration
cascade
diffused or mechanical -. .
Reverse Osmosis
Sand or Mixed -Media Filters - [ high
rate
Treatment processes for removal of metal or
cyanide _ .
Treatment processes for removal of toxic
materials other than metal or cyanide
SLUDGE TREATMENT
(a) Sludge Digestion Tank - Heated
Heateic......
Unheated
(b) Sludge Stabilization (chemical or thermal)
(c) Sludge Drying Beds - Gacuum Assisted
(d) Sludge Efutrialiion
(e) Sludge Conditioner (chemical or thermal)
(I) Sludge Thickener (gravity)
(g) Dissolved Air Flotation Unit $
(not applicable to a unit rates as (3) (i)2
(h) Sludge Gas Utilization (including gas storage) . - 5
(i) Sludge Holding Tank- Aerated
Non -aerated 2
0) Sludge Incinerator - (not including activated
carbon regeneration) 10
(k) Vacuum Filter, Centrifuge or Filler Press or other
similar dewalering devices
(8) SLUDGE DISPOSAL (including incinerated ash)
(a) Lagoons •
(b) Land Application (surface and subsurface)
(see definition 22a) ... 10
-where the faclily holds the land app. permit
-by contracting to a land application operator who 2
holds the land application permit
-land application of sludge by a contractor who does
not hold the permit for the wastewater treatment
facility where the sludge is generated 5
(c) Landfilled (burial)
(9) DiSiNFECTION
(a) Chlorination
(b) Dechlorinarion
(c) Ozone 5
(d) Radiation
2
15
(10) CHEMICAL ADDITION SYSTEM (S) (See definition No. 9) '
,(not applicable to chemical additions rated as item
(3) (j). (5) (a) (xi). (6) (a). (6) (b), (7) (b), (7) (e),
(9) (a), (9) (b), or (9) (c) 5 points each: List:
5
5
5
5
M1SCELLANEOUS UNITS
(a) Holding Ponds, Holding Tanks or Settling Ponds
tor Organic or Toxic Materials including wastes
from mining operations containing nitrogen and/or
phosphorous compounds In amounts significantly
greater than is common for domestic wastewater .......... 4
(b) Effluent Flow Equalization (not applicable 10 storage
basins which are inherent in land application systems). 2
(c) Stage Discharge (not applicable to storage basins
inherent in land application systems .... »...»...»...-•••••»--
(d) Pumps
(e) Stand -By Power Supply
(1) Thermal Pollution Control Device:»..»» ••--••- -• 3
TOTAL POINTS
CLASSIFICATION
Lc)?
Class I 5 - 25 Points
Class 11 26- 50 Points
Class Ill .�: 51- 65 Points
Class IV 66- Up Points
Facilities having a rating of one through four points, inclusive,
do not require a certified operator. Classification of all other
facilities requires a comparable grade operator in responsible
charge.
15 Facilities having an activated sludge process will be assigned
a minimum classification of Class 11.
t 0 Facilities having treatment processes for the removal of metal
or cyanide will be assigned a minimum classification of Class II.
3 Facilities having treatment processes for the biological removal
of phosphorus will be assigned a minimum classification of Class
Ill.
5
5
5
2
1n-plant processes and related control equipment which are an
integral part of industrial production shall not be considered waste
treatment. Likewise, discharges of wastewater from residences
having a design flow of 1,000 gpd or less, shall not be subject to
rating.
ADDITIONAL COMMENTS;

State of North Carolina
Decartment of Environment,
Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
James B. Hunt, Jr., Governor
Jonathan B, Howes, Secretary
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E., Director
Mr, TOM . FREDRICK
CITY OF MONROE
POST OFFICE BOX fig
MONROE, NORTH CARO.,IN
ect: Application No. NC0024333
MONROE WW U
Union County
Dear Mr. FREDRICK:
The. Division's Permits and Engineering Unit acknowledges receipt of your permit applicaand
supporting materials received on .November 30, 1993. This application has been assigned the number
shown above, Please refer to this number when making inquiries on this project.
Your project has been assigned to Susan Wilson for a detailed engineering review. A technical
acknowledgement will be forthcoming. If this acknowledgement is not received within thirty (30)
days, please contact the engineer listed above.
Be aware that the Division`s regional office, copied below, must provide recommendations from the
Regional Supervisor for this project prior to final action by the Division,
I ain, by copy of this letter, requesting that ourRegional Office Supervisor prepare a staff report and
recomnnentations regarding this discharge. If you have any questions regarding this application,
please contact the review person listed above.
cc:
Si ncerely,
(-2:49y et, 6.)
Coleen H. Sullins, P.E.
Supervisor, Permits and .Engineering Unit
Pollution Prevention Pays
P.o, Box 29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0.535 Telephone [phone]
An. Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Employer

t Jtt'i'U CAROLINA DEPT. OF NAT1.Jj AI.. RESOURCES AND COMMUNITY nE •_t
ENVtRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ClMM`1SSInN
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO DISCHARGE WAST ATE ,
STANDARD FORM A — MUNICIPAL
SECTION L APPLICANT AND FACILITY DESCRIPTIO
Sinless otherwise specified on tills form all heats are to be completed. If an lions Is not appllcibiu Indicate °NA.'
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR SELECTED ITEMS APPEAR IN SEPARATE' INSTRUCTION B©OKLET
BOOKLET BEFORE FILLING OUT THESE ITEMS.
cant
Melling Address of Applicant
(see Instructions)
Nurnber 6, Street
City
State
Ztp Code
J. Applicant's Authorised Agent
(Sail instructions)
Name and Title
Number & Streak
City
State
Zip Code
Telephone
4, Previous Appileaticn
If a previous application for a per.
Writ under the Natlonai Pollutant
Discharge Etlmination System has
been made, gave the date of
application..
Please Prmt or Type
QNNR.4E
T (E Ft
No RI-6 C AROLI A
28(11-oob9.
70 2.82-4Ga(
Area Number
Code
YR MO DAY
DICATEO. REFCR'TO
S NA
NUE , . . x 651
t certify that I am familiar with the Information contained In this application and that to the best of my knowledge and pellet such informat.ton•
Is true, complete, and accurate.
Printed Name of Person Signing
Signature oi,Appllcank rsr Authorized Agent
wpticz pt.oloec,,ec
Title
H. 29
YR MO DAY
Date APPIIcatien SIpned
North Carolina General Statute 1i34-215.6(b) (2,) provides that: Any person who knowingly makes
any false statement representation, or certification in any application, record, report, plan,
or other document files or required to be maintained under Article 21 or regulations of the
Environmental Management Commission implementing that Article, or who falsifies, .tampers with,
or knowingly renders inaccurate any recording or monitoring device or method required to be
operated or maintained under Article 21 or regulations of the 'Environmental Management
Commission implementing that Article, shall be guilty or a misdemeanor punishable by a fine
not to exceed $10,000, or by imprisonment not to exceed six months, or by both. (18'U.S.C.
Section. 1001 provides a. punishment by a fine or not more than $10,000 or imprisonment not
more than 5 years, or both, for e similar offense.)

1
5. Facility (see instructions)
Give the name, ownership. and physi-
cal location of the plant or other
operating facility where discharge(s)
presently occur(s) or wilt occur.
Name
. Ownership (Public. Private or
Roth Public and Private).
Check block If a Federal facility
end give GSA Inventory Control'
Number
Location:
Number & Street
City
county
State
6. Discharge to Another Munlclpar
Facility (see Instructions)
a. Indicate if part of your discharge
is into a municipal wasto trans-
port system under another re-
sponslbla organization. If yes,
Complete the rest Of this Item
and Continue with Item 7. If no,
go directly to item 7.
b. Responsible Organization
Receiving Discharge
Name
Number & Street
City
State
Zip Code
c. Facility Which Receives Discharge
Give the name of the facility
(waste treatment plant! which re -
calves and Is ultimately respon-
slbra for treatment of the discharge
from your facility.
d. Average Daily Flow to Facility
(mgd) Give your average daily
flow Into the receiving facility.
7. Facility Discharges, Number and
Discharge Vorume (sae Instructions)
Specify the number of discharges
described In this applkation and the
volume of water discharged or /at
to each of the categories below.
Estimate average volume per day in
million gallons per day. Do not In-
clude intermittent or noncontlnuous,
overflows, bypasses of seasonal dis-
charges from lagoons, hording
ponds, etc.
»t
10i0
10Qc
1054
10N:-
10if
10si``
Teiti
o-
FOR AGENCY USE
CITY OE MoN Roe WksTcWATE-e_ TREArmem Pu&r
t!f I'LIB ❑ PRV ❑ OPP
0 FED
IV A
1VY(
775 TREEDON DRNE
• Uptal
Nairn-1 C\RoLL NA
0 Yes
t.!fNo
kok
NA,
NA
iJA
mgd
•
1-2

To: Surface Water
Surface Impoundment with
no Effluent
Underground Percolation
Well (Injection)
Other
Total Item 7
If 'other' Is specified. describe
If any of the discharges from this
facility are Intermittent, such as from
overflow or bypass points. or are
seasonal Or periodic from lagoons,
holding ponds; etc, complete Item 8.
8. Intermittent D(schargel
a. Facility bypass points
Indicate the number of bypass
points for the facility that ere
discharge points.(see Instructions)
b. Facility Overflow Points
Indicate the number of overflow "
points to a surface water for the
facility (see Instructions).
c. .Seasonal or Periodic Discharge
Points Indicate the number of
points where seasonal discharges
occur from holding ponds,
lagoons, etc.
9. Collection SYstem Type
Indicate the type and length (In
miles) of the collection system used
by this facility. (see instructions)
Separate Storm
Separate Sanitary
Combined Sanitary and Storm
Both Separate Sanitary and
Combined Sewer Systems
Both Separate Storm an'_
Combined Sewer Systems ,
Length
10. Municipalities or Areas Served
(see Instructions)
Total Population Sarred
FO111 AGENCY USE 1
•
Number of Total Volume Discharged,
Discharge Points million Gallons Per Day
107a1 1
107b1 O l
1o7of• 0
107.01.,
107ei} • 0
10711
1o7gi. Rat
1018
4,40
of { h
6.488 Nov 92— oc.-r 93)
NA
NA
{v A
NA
❑ SST
�AN
❑ C55
❑ BSC
10,b ❑ SSC
150, miles
110a
11 0a
1tQa
110e
s1aa
Name
Crry MoNRoE
VN�oN 03UNTY
Actual Population
• Served
CS, Goo
5, 400
000
1-3

1 t. Average Daily Industrial Flow
Total estimated average daily waste
flow from all Industrial sources.
Note: Ail major Industries (as defined in Section IV)
discharging to the municipal system must be
listed in Section IV.
3.2 and
FOR AGENCY USE
L
12. Permits. Licenses and Applications
List all existing, pending or dented permits. licenses and applications related to discharges from this faclllty.(see Instructions)
,vex
2.
3.
Issuing Agency
(a)
NCDEM
fIcDeM
For
Agency Use
Type of Permit
or License
Date
ID Number Flied
f/ t YR/MO/DA
iPP s
Soc
f (CA02433
.MC \lib
9a-o8h IL
8910034
93/091a8
13. Maps and Drawings
Attach all required maps and drawings to the back of this application. (see Instructions)
14. Additional Information
sits.
Item
Number
Date
issued
YR/MO)DA
89jii(3o
9311110/01-
Date
Denied
V R/MO/DA
N 1�
NA
Expiration
Date
Y R/MO/OA
9d-J05131
,94103/3 I
_J
Information
1-4

3• 1 )6.,3
C tl,Coo714+ =53adN
r.]yoo' VOtyn
7N '103uou3
7.0JVou to 1.��.✓
r"Id
a 10 14v9ls1)in i_o va \Ds
----]_-___
NOLLYN3Y
30YOSY3
(L) SSINVI
13Y1NO3
3NIl301H3
3iVOS ON
OLE1/113HOS M013 SS300Ud
M01.1 330n1S
Moll 113tY I31SYM
sdrtnd
NOILYOfiddY ONY1 A8
7YS0dS)Q 3LYr1nn
(I)
N000Y1
3O0nlS
SVM
(L)
SNOLLYIS
ONIdrtnd SYd
HSYMNOYB F
1131,1ii
(i') (t)
Sa3L1Li --- sa31iaM10
ANYFLa31 ,1 aYQN0.13S
ON3031
t �
(z)�
Sa3L53O 0
OI00N3Y
(L)
S30rLilNIN33
'sra —�
(�)
SNISYB
N0LLYa3Y
NNn13N FISVM)3YO 11311L1
{L)
SN33u3S
AaY10N
1NY1YNN3dOS
NOLLYIS
3NIdriAd
1N3i11.iMI
4

sJ
S0, 30'
35°00''
387 P 003m
3871
,
IJ
I~to
00
��
3176 •
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
5-060030 E. 547
1 570
s
3'b9�fr—
_ ay
s. •
uZ
0lV >•
57'30"
o.
s48
549 27'30"
550
°4
it: _..-amit4t
'n o. .
1,
L OcprtoN MAP �(
DISCHARGE SERIAL. No. Oot
MONROE WA5TEU'A L E7 TM€W
RIOT-
xi
LAT, 345'n' 4-i' N • LONG. 9o° 29` Z9" W
FRoM U. S • GEGL53 GI C4 L S'J .VE<j, we -ENTITl D
SCALE (: 24, ocso-
Pale hP
551
),9;. MI SIV
rWATS ON
)1.i�
f �
AUtilelic c�l�

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY uSE
SECTION II. BASIC DISCHARGE DESCRIPTION
Complete this section for each present or proposed discharge indicated in Section 1. Items 7 and a. that Is to,surface waters. This includes
discharges to otner municipal sewerage systems In which the waste water does not go through a treatment works prior 10 being discharged to
surface waters. Discharges to wells must be described where them are also discharges to wrfaee waters from this facility. Separate
descriptions of each discharge ere required even If several discharges originate In the same facility. All values for an existing discharge should
be representative of the twelve previous months of operation. If trill Is a proposed discharge, values should reflect best engineering estimates.
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR SELECTED ITEMS APPEAR IN SEPARATE INSTRUCTION BOOKLET AS INDICATED. REFER TO
BOOKLET BEFORE FILLING OUT THESE ITEMS.
1. Discharge Serial No. and Name
a. Discharge Serial No.
(see Instructions)
b. Discharge Name
Give name of discharge, If any •
tree Instructions)
c. Previous Discharge Serial No
If a previous NPOES permit
application was made for this dis-
charge (item 4. Section 1) provide
previous discharge serial number.
2. Dlscherge Operating Dates
a. Olscharge to Begin Date
If the discharge has never
occurred but is planned for some
future date. give the date the
discharge will begin.
b. Discharge 10 End Date If the dis-
charge Is scheduled to be discon-
tinued within the next 5 years.
give the date (within best estimate)
the discharge will end. Give rea-
son for discontinuing this discharge
In Item 17.
3. Discharge Location Name the
political boundaries within which
the paint of discharge is located:
State
County
(If applicable) City or Town
4. Discharge Point Description
(sae Instructions)
Olscharge is into (check one)
Stream (Includes ditches, arroyos,
and other watercourses)
Estuary
Lake
Ocean
Well (Infection)
Other
If 'other' is checked. specify type
5. Discharge Petri( — Lat/Long.
State the precise location of the
Point of discharge to the nearest
second. (see Instructions)
Latitude
Lo ny ltude
solo
2021.
ZO2b
3S34
I83b
2tom
1646
2064
Rath
001
R(CHRRDSW CREEK D(sCNM-AGE
.dot
YR MO
YR MO
NogTH CARoUU (A
Ugiai
C TY OF MONRoE
13"SIR
❑EST
❑ LKE
❑ OCE
❑ WEL
❑ OTH
raid
' I' ,aa
agifi
:mx
Agency Use
•
• 34 DEG. 5 MIN. 47SEC �N
8o DEG. 29MIN. 29SEC •'
This soclion contains 8 peigea.

Z-II
Je9A Jsad pawls
JeoA Jad pawl; VN
•
VN ON ❑ s°A ❑ fad:
VN ON❑ SaA❑ .1'tU
surpiaul i•d suolle6 puefnous
;ueppui lad suollet putfnayl
VN
dN
vN
unoy %IN
fJfDq w,(Ai
;nit led sawn
JIMA Jed IwI1W
VN
YN
104d>Z
oN ❑ .nA ❑
ON ❑ s°A 0 terms
;puma?... AJQ
Jayl1DM IaM
JraA Jad
sluoppu; asrwlxoJddr Jo Irmo,
lays oA;O Rsuonbu3 Mo111,AO
Jat;lr0M AJQ
JoulreM laM
•unaao MoIJJaAo UaUM
7130UD sauSJJnssO MOIPIAO 'e
(suoi1anllsul was) o6Jtyssia MOIIItAO •6
TT wall op p11,03OJd
•sJnaao sstdAQ At, A
suoseaI DAiQ suasevti ssedAg •a
Jausti0M AJQ
J0U3raM 1oM
•%UOfp6 pursnoys ul
luapiaul ssrdAq Jed aWnloA a6eJ12nt
ayl aA10 ewnloA ssrdA9 'P
JaulraM Alp
JOM3taM 1oM
3Jnou uI wag/Lino ssedAq •Ousine
au; SA10 uollhJno ssedAg
layltgM L a
JaU3taM 3OM
•JeoA Jed sluoplsul ss,dAq;o
Jegwnu rlewlxoJddr JOpope
J�
ay; only AsuenbStsedAO 'q
;stiltoM AJQ
Jeype©M 1GM
SJn90O 'sushi.; uryM SI7oq
rpuwn000 SSrdA9 •e
(suoilanipsul DVS) t6Jeyasia ssedA9 's
•T T wall U3IM anullu0a put 'eigeailddt sr
'OT AO 6'II fwe;l e;eldwo3'•a;e npuod 6ulploy'u0obel a wolf e6Jeyaslp Ituostes a si JO 1111Od MOIIJsAo u4 JO oSPdAq t WOJI St 96Jry24IP 11
lac}
gee;
*CO6
win Asuo6ti/ JO J
VN
:yr
•
yajO NOSCY3 H0Rj
iop
luct
00311
'*K_
ostynS
;slim Mo;sg Updsa oeleyasla •q
DJOUS WOJ& osuessla a6Jty50IQ 'e
t6Jryasia 'JOysi30 •L
-L woll o3oldwoo
'cull Jo3eM MOI UT W lain mow' Si Jo
oullaJoys ous puoAaq sputlxa pays Iir;
-Trio ur y5nolyl SI a6JeyasIP au3 11
(fuofanJlwI aas)•a6Jryaslp
l0 luiod lay; tr A1Mw3rM 041 awtN
ou rN JP;rM 6uIAlesrli .WtyaslO
3SJ3 ADN39V 1JOal
si3OWfN-1V1113S 301JVHDSIa

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
c. Overflow Duration Give the
average overflow duration in
hours..
Wet weather
Dry weather
0. Overflow.Volume Give the
average votume per overflow
Incident In thousand gallons.
Wet weather
Dry weather
Proceed to Item 11
10. Seasonat/Periodlc DIscharps
a. Seasonal/Periodic-Discharge
Frequency If discharge is Inter-
mittent from a holding pond,
lagoon, etc., give the actual or
approximate number of times
this discharge occurs per year.
b.
0.
Seasonal/Periodic Discharge
Volume Glve the average
volume per discharge occurrence
in thOusand gallons.
Seasonal/Periodic Discharge
Duration Give the average dura-
tion of each discharge occurrence
In days.
Seasonal/Periodic Discharge
Occurrence —Months Check the
manths during the year when
Inc discharge normally occurs.
11. Discharge Treatment
a. Discharge Treatment Description
Describe waste abatement prac•
tices used on this discharge with
a brief narrative. (See instruc-
tions)
001.
t\J A hours
iHours
NA
NA
thousand gallons per IncIdent
thousand gallons per incident
times par year
NAthousand gallons per discharge ocairrenoa
likday$
❑ JAN
❑ APR
❑JUL
❑ OCT
❑FEB ❑MAR I10c
❑ MAY ❑JUN
❑ AUG ❑SEP
❑ NOV ❑ DEC
nnysel
1 ATIu 'r Cods (srs OF PRIM14-y Sce.EN1 NG
8IOLaG[c.9ct TZt-m-MEVF ust.4JG
SLuO&€ UATW NLTRIFlC rTIo(J, Ft1tSnW7
SEco DA Y CLArZc r(cA-10 N } DUI L--
)i4 (A- F--(.L- l—za DOJO C{-f[Q R.( NA-T2oN
SLJJDGG f,s Ta 4re9 By AMA PIG€s1aoff;
1 D C'5NT?_1FV GE DE'r_tNG-. E IAA G
SWQ DEThs/t-L- IS $y LAt APPciGino Nr
11-3

b. Discharge Treatment Codes
Using the codes listed In Table I
of the Instruction Booklet,
describe the Waste abatement
processes applied to this dis-
charge In this order In which
they occur, If possible.
Separate all codes with commas
except where slashes are used
to designate parallel operations.
If this discharge Is from a municipal waste
treatment plant (not an overflow or
bypass). complete items 12 and 13
12. Rani Design and Operation Manuals
Check which of the following are
currently available
a. Engineering Design Report
b. Operation and Maintenance
Manual
13. Rant Design Data (see Instructions)
a. Rant 13astpn Flow (mgd:) -
b. Plant Design BOD Removal (%)
L
d.
e.
t•
Plant Design N Removal (%)
Rant Design P Removal (%)
Plant Design S5 Removal (%)
Plant Began Operation (year)
g. Plant Last Major Revision (year)
DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
2116
001
/s, s/ J/ As, As, As, As f
N,N3N,N/F,F,F,'F/PG,
DA,DA,vc,)R
8.501 mod
93 %
UA %
85 %
t 97a
1993
FOR AGENCY USE
11-4

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
�Qt
14. Oaserlutlan of Influent and Effluent (see InstructIoni)
0V (.992 -- OCT 1993
FOR AGENCY USE
•
Parameter and Code
Influent
Effluent .
• Annual Average
▪ Value
tb
0
. >
(2)
.°a !
(3)
+ Highest Monthly
.. Average Value
U Frequency of
Analysis
,. Number of
Analyses
Sample Type
Row
Million gallons per day
50050
6.4
•
r88 �.48$
4.6o1
9.155
CoNT.
NA
NA
pH
pH00
4
6.1
8.3
5f7
2so
G
Temperature (winter)
°F
74028
64
.
-•
58
64
.517
250
G
Temperature (summer) •
027
75
-
66
79
5f7
•
256
G
Fecal Streptococci Bacteria
74054Num6erJ100 ml
(Provide if available)
n r/(
) "FZ
NI
NA
f�
NA
Fecal Conform Bacteria
Numb
74055erJ1()0ml
if available)
:!
1Z.55
5f y
7
:Goo(Provide
Total Conform Bacteria
NumberJ100m1
74056
(Provide if available)
RA-
�
NA1vA•
1`�
fM
WA
BOD 5-day
mg/I0
003
199
. 7.2
2.2
. 13.9
517
25oik2
Chemical-Oxygen Demand (COD)
mg/I
00340
(Provide if available)
OR
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)•
me
00680
(Provide if available)
(Either analysis is acceptable)
NIA
jUt
Mk
NA
WA-
WA
W.
A
NA
NA
AJA
NA, ,
A tPr/� ..,
k
NA
Chlorine —Total Residual
mg/I
sao60
NIA
Q. 10 0.07 .
t
0.13
5(7
250
` REPr sevIs Low AND sAmP .6 II-5 @ ratTPRESOITc GEDMF-1 RLc
(, fro NAVQ-AG Q)')

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
ov 1
14. Description of Influent and Cffiuent (fee instructions) (Continued)
Passmeser and Code
Total Sota3e
mg/I
00500
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/1
70300
Total Sun:leaded Salida
mg/I
00530
Settleable Matter (Residue)
ml/I
00545
Ammonia (as N)
mg/1
00610
(Provide if available)
ICjeldald Nitrogen
mg/I
00625
(Provide if available)
Nitrate (as N)
mg/1
00620
Orovidc if available)
Nitrite (as N)
mg/1
00615
(Provide if available)
r
FOR AGENCY USE'
Influent
Effluent
KA-
uA
204-
NA�
17. $
PA
NA
KIN
(2)
NA
Ave
(8.1
4.2
(0,9
4.6
0.7
(3)
NA
9.0
• NA
3,2
2
C. I
KA-
28.2
8 , 3 .
21.0
13.0
4,3
NAB.
NA
517
NA
5/7
1/3a
/30
rl3o
NA -
NA
25o
253
12
12
12
NA
I1A
c
24
NA
G
424-
C
'24
C
4424
PhosphorusTotal (as P)
mg/l
00665
(Provide if available)
Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
mg/I
00300
�l A
2,0
G.02
G.4
3,3
8 ..3
r/3a
5/7
12
25o
c
#24
G
11-6

•
DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
0
'OR AGENCY USE
71. Additional wastewater Characteristics
Check the box next to each parameter If It hi present in the effluent. (see Instructions)
Parameter
(215) _
I Present I
Parameter
(215)
Present
_Parameter
(115)
Present
Bromide
71870 .
Cobalt •
01037
-
Thallium
01059
Chloride
00940
`,
A
Chromium
01034
4
Titanium
01152
Cyanide
00720
•
-
Copper -
01O42
Tin
01102
,
Fluoride
00951
Iron
01045
t/
X
Zinc
01092 -
Sulfide
00745
d
Lead
01051
i
Algicides• '•
74051
Aluminum
01105
v
Manganese
01055
.
Chlorinated organic compounds"
74052
Antimony
01097
-
ji
^
Mercury
71900
Oil and grease
00550
/
�C
Arsenic
01002
.Molybdenum
01062
Pesticides*
74053
•
Beryllium
01012
Nickel
01067
, /
}(
Phenols " '
32730 -
Barium
01007
Selenium
01147
Surfactants
38260
e
Boron ;
i 01022
Silver
01077
Radioactivity*
74050•
i Cadmium
01027
• Provide specific compound and/or element in Item 17, if known:
Pesticides (Insecticides, fungicides, and rodenticides) must be reported in terms of the acceptable common names specified in Acceptable Com-
mon Names and Chemical Names for the Ingredient Statement on Pesticide Label; 2nd Edition, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
D.C. 20250, June 1972, as required by Subsection 162.7(b) of the Regulations for the Enforcement of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act.
II-7

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
14. Plant Controls Check If the follow-
ing plant controls are available
for this dlscharpe
Alternate power source for major
pumping facility including those
for Collection system lift stations
Alarm for power or equipment
(allure
17. Additional Information
FOR AGENCY USE
item
Number
Information.
74052
74-o52-
3• (2- yt,hecy l) �h iala�e
Mt4hytem, Ck1 ricfe .
11-8
oU. S. COVERNMthT APQfrING O FIcE: r.T1 (1 - 303-112
item
Number
Information.
74052
74-o52-
3• (2- yt,hecy l) �h iala�e
Mt4hytem, Ck1 ricfe .
11-8
oU. S. COVERNMthT APQfrING O FIcE: r.T1 (1 - 303-112

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY USE
r
I,1.[ Ij
SECTION III. SCHEDULED IMPROVEMENTS AND SCHEDULES OF IMPLEMENTATION
This section requires Information on any uncompleted Imptementatlon schedule which has been imposed for construction of waste treatment
facilities. Requirement schedules may have been established by local, 5tete,or Federal agencies or by court action. IF YOU ARE SUBJECT TO
SEVERAL DIFFERENT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULES. EITHER BECAUSE OF DIFFERENT LEVELS OF AUTHORITY IMPOSING
DIFFERENT SCHEDULES (ITEM lb) AND/OR STAGED CONSTRUCTION OF SEPARATE OPERATIONAL UNITS (ITEM lc), SUBMIT A
SEPARATE SECTION Ill FOR EACH ONE. -
1. Improvements Required
■. Discharge Serial Numbers
Affected List the discharge
serial numbers, assigned In Sec-
tion 11, that are covered by this
implementation schedule
D. Authority Imposing Requirement
Check the appropriate Item Indi-
cating the authority for the Im-
plementation schedule. 11 the
identical Implementation sched-
ule has been ordered by more
than one authority, Check the
appropriate Roma- (see In-
structions)
Locally developed plan
Areawldo Plan
Basin Plan
State approved Implementation
schedule
Federal approved water quality
standards Implementation plan
Federal enforcement procedure
or action
State court order
Federal court order
c. Improvement Description Specify the 3-character code for the
General Action Description In Table II that best describes the
Improvements required by the Implementation schedule. If more
than one schedule applies to the facility because of ■ staged con-
struction schedule, state the stage of constructlon.being described
here with the appropriate general action code. submit a separate
Section I11 for each stage of construction planned. Also, list all
the 3-character (Specific Action), codes which doscrlbe lrrmore
detail the pollution abatement practices that the Implemehtatlon
schedule requires.
3-character general action
description
3•characterspecific action
descriptions !Old'
2cT
Sec, ts1i
2. Implementation Schedule and 3. Actual Completion Dates
Provide dates Imposed by schedule and any actual dates of completion for Implementation stops
listed below. Indicate dates as accurately as possible. (so* Instructions)
i.nplomentatlon Steps 2.
a.
b.
Preliminary plan complete
Final plan complete
c. Financing complete & contract
awarded
d. Site acquired
e. Begin construction
f. End construction
g. Begin Discharge
h. Operational level attained
,lD2e
303b
*A=o
Schedule (Yr /Mo /Day)
92, 2,
g2,4.,t.
W,to,
144
92. to
93,11,31
Na,
9413/31
3. Actual Completion (Yr Mo /Day)
927 !o, .1¢.
WA/
92, (to , tq-
tv� !
This section contains I page.
GPO 065.107

FOR AGENCY USE
STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
'(.
SECTION ILL SCHEDULED IMPROVEMENTS AND SCHEDULES OF IMPLEMENTATION
This section requires Information on any uncompleted Implementation schedule which has been Imposed for construction of waste treatment
facilities. Requirement schedules may have been established by local, Stale,or Federal agencies or by court action. IF YOU ARE SUBJECT TO
SEVERAL DIFFERENT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULES. EITHER BECAUSE OF DIFFERENT LEVELS OF AUTHORITY IMPOSING
DIFFERENT SCHEDULES (ITEM lb) AND/OR STAGED CONSTRUCTION OF SEPARATE OPERATIONAL UNITS (ITEM 1c). SUBMIT A
SEPARATE SECTION III FOR EACH ONE.
2.
Improvements Required
Discharge Serial Numbers
Affected List the discharge
serial numbers, assigned to Sec-
tion tI, that are covered by this
Implementation schedule
•
Authority Imposing Requirement
Check the appropriate Item Indi-
cating the authority for the Im-
plementation schedule. If the
Identical Implementation sched-
ule has been ordered by more
than one authority. check the
appropriate items. (sea In-
structions)
Locally developed plan
Areawlde Plan
Basin Plan
State approved Implementation
schedule
Federal approved water quality
standards Implementation plan
Federal enforcement procedure
Or action
State court order
Federal court order
FOR AGENCY USE.
`£a
0o 1 .
❑ ARE
❑ BAS
SQS
.❑WQS •
❑ENF-
❑ CRT
❑ FED
c. Improvement Description Specify he 3-character code for the
General Action Description In Table 11 that best describes the
Improvements required by the Implementatlon schedule. If more
than one schedule applies to the faculty because of a staged Con-
struction schedule. state the stags of construction. being described
here with the appropriate general, action code. submit a separate
Section 111 for each stage of construction planned. Also, list all
the 3-character (Specific Action) codes which describe In•mon
detail the pollution abatement practices that the implemehtation
schedule requires.
3-character general action
description
3-character specific action
descriptions
INC
SEC / DIS, IPU, FUII
Implementation Schedule and 3. Actual Completion Dates
Provide dates Imposed by schedule and any actual dates of completion for Implementation steps
listed below. Indicate dales as accurately as possible. (see Instructions)
implementation Steps 2.
a. Preliminary plan complete
b. Final plan complete
c. Financing complete & contract
awarded
d. Site acquired
e. Begin construction
I. End construction
g. Begin Discharge
h. Operational level attained
Schedule (Yr /Mo /Day
3D2a 92/aa./
93, 2., 1
93/7,
/
93,1 1
95 / 4 / 1
NPR
95/4/1
399b
;Otto
i
3. Actual Completion (Yr Mo /Day)
I�1
93,2,3
93, 9,13.
Ni} ,—
({t /-
._Wff�' P
GPO 865.707
. Thin section contains 1 page.

POR AGENCY USEl
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION IY. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major industrial facility discharging (o the municipal system, using a separate 5ectlon IV for each faclllty descrip•
lion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the industry, the major product or raw material, the flow in thoi;•
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from this Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : sb1e
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see InstructIons)
Mayor Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (sae
Instructions)
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
400a
408b
GPO 865.7D0
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value
rn
:It
C4
16 27
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
4011
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
c
ACME N UMEPLA.TDIMS o Iv OF G-M
41AEPLA-7-1 f yc.
boo Arc -ME D.
Mori R.o .
C1N f oN
s V L
28tm
3479
AL'JMLNUM
SrA[NLess STEEL
0 thousand gallons per day
ntermittent lint) ❑ Conti nuou$(con)
pies ❑No
103 4
C.)
1Q4-Z
0.006 4103 0.01
CN
72o
Pb
1051
Quantity
tI 5
Nc
1067
49x
zn
1092
0,161.05 -0.005 0fo2_ 0,01
units (See
Tables Ill)
LBS
This section contains 1 page.

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY USE 1
41111 11 ! l
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial ClassIHcatlon (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thoj:-
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : able
III for standard measures of products or raw materials, (see instructions) '.
1. Major Contributing Facltlty
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2, Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see Instructions)
406a
406b
Parameter
Ndme
Parameter
Number
Value
t
$OD.
3(0
(47
401a
401b
401c
4016
401a
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
eLOcYf4S 8 ()PG M (L[,S) I Mc.
3004 STITT S-rf cET
M9NgOE
(JINJI01J
NC
2Uo
2269
Prep nuts110rr�
PIS Gcns
55o thousand gallons per day
0 Intermittent (int) Contlnuous(con)
Er % ❑ No
4uantity.
SO 000
N H3-N Ct4 Cd
C10 720 1.
L027
!.0 LTOr005 0.003
Cr
1034
0.0t
Pb
Ns
(051 1067
drill Or(77b
Units (See
Table III)
GP 0 865.704
This section contains ! page.

FOR AGENCY USE 1
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION IY_ INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTIIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major industrial facility discharging to the mu r Iclpal system. using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Coda for do Industry, the major product or raw material, the now (in Mon -
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged f 11om the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :able
Ill for standard measures of products or raw material!. (see Instructions)
I• MaJor Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name 40fa .
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2, Primary Standard Industrial
ClassifIcatlan Coda (sae
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Malarial (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. characteristics of Wastewater
(sea instructions)
4056
406b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
V luc
z
dos
3Ia
401b
401c
4010
401a
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
111111111
GOOPER IN�UST tEs, PLUMBING- P1V.
3ot2 MRSoN STft?E-
MO RoG
UN1otJ
Iv
28110
3423/34(02
STEEL RODS
67
thousand gallons per day
0 intermittent (Int) attpntInuous(con)
❑ Yes
41134.,
Quantity
Za
Z4034
uN3- N CN C i Cr Pb
NL
C f 0 720 1027 (634 (051 1067
2.0 cut 0.00 z 0 rot 0.02. 0.0(
IV-1
Units (See
Table ill)
TOPS
GP 0 855-7oa
This section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE
'1
STANDARD FORM A --MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrlat facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in tho,:•
sand gallons per day), and the chiricterlstIcs of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facl(Ity into the municipal system. Consult : sbte
111 for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions) •
1.
Major Contributing Facility
(see instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard industrial
Classification Coda (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product -
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gat(onS per day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent or continuous. -
5. Pretreatment Proylded Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
408a
406b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
13005
3(0
627
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
Gt1DDY FA MS, I tic. - MoNiziE
FFc 1u.TY
a7o 1 S d M PSo N STRZEET
Moggoe
UNtotJ
NG
Goo tt G. 44VattY MGAT
250 thousand gallons per day
❑ intermittent (Int) E E ltlnuous(con)
[rr es ONo
tv1-6-- N
Cie
22.5
eN
72o
0.00 2
Iv-1
cd
1027
003137
ch
(03 4-
0.02
Quantity.
403s
Pb
Nc
1051 1067
0.o2.,3 0,03
Units (See
Table III)
GPO 885-70e
This section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE 1
STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the a digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw malarial, the flow an !hot: -
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the muntclpal system. Consult :.1ble
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (sea Instructions)
1.
Major Contributing Facility
(see instructions)
Name
Nurnberg. Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2, Primary Standard industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
•
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume o1 water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate 1f
pretreatment is provided prior 10
entering the municipal system •
6. Characteristics Of wastewater
(see instructions)
4tlt3a
406b
Parameter
Nome
Parameter
Number
Va (
401a
4014s
401c
401d
401 e
4011
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
CJDDy FAP.Mst fNc. — MARSH LIZ
FACT L tTY
HIGHWAY 74 UJEST
MARSHvI LLc
vN ON
NG
28[03
2oi5
TURicey
90o thousand gallons per day
❑ Intermittent (Int) s ontlnuous(con)
es ONo
Quantity
B005
3to
8t
TS
536
43
N* N 1 Cd
6so
(027
41 1 0r0o2
IV-1
1034 � 1067
Nc,
CrN� Cr
01
0.01 0.l
CN
72o
0.005
Units (See
Table III)
1
BIRDS
This aeclion contains 1 page.
GPO 8e5.70e

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
POR AGENCY USE 1
—j
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system. using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip.
lion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry. the major product or raw material, the flow (in (nth: -
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : sble
111 for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see instructions)
I • Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name 401a
Number& Street
City
County
State
21p Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
instructions)
3. Prindpat Product or Raw
Material (see InstructIons)
Product
Raw Material
4. *Flow Indicate the volume of water'
discharged Into the municipal sys.
tern In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate it
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
400a
406b
Parameter
Name
Paramet er
Number -
lt
401b
401c
401d
401 e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
D. DAVIs INDUSTRIES I Nc.
2031 E, £oosek/ELT 13LVD.
M»J E
UMW
Nc
2.ello
2891
>4D HEsWWEs
Quantity
0.5
thousand gallons per day
(}Slntermlttent (int) ❑Contlnuous(con)
❑ Yes
Bap5 N -N
9000 J 6.9
CN
72o
0,005
241,
1027
Iv -I
0.007
Cr Pb
1O34 1b51
0,01 0.05
Nc
(%7
0,0j
Units (See
Table 111)
Thfa section contains 1 page.
GPO 365.706

AGENCY USE 1
STANDARD FORM A --MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (51C) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thon:-
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :.ibis
111 for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1. Major Contributing FacIIlty
(see Instructions)
Name 401a
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
•
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
408a
408b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value
BoDs
310
19or 6
401b
401c
14e1d
401 e
401f
402
403a
403b .
404a
404b
405
6[o
24.o
FRPMco NCPitJVFACTuR1NG Co, f Nc. MOW eoE Pfar .JT •
2 5o [ ASH CRAFT A .'twzz
klo N RZoE
VNco0
ivG
29t[o
2392
SCReerl PRr Jo iaw .s
:
W
thousand gallons par day
0 intermittent (Int) ontlnuous(con)
GN
72o
o. 005
ONo
Cd
re2.7
0,001
Cr
034
Quantity
g07o r e.3R
Pb
1051
Nc
1067
(3r) 4 O. 095 0.03
Units (See
Table 111)
Dozes.)
GPO 865_706
This section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE. 1
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thou-
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility into the municipal system. Consult : able
III for standard measures Of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1. Major Contributing Faculty
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
S. Characteristics of Wastewater
(sae Instructions)
408■
406b
Parameter
Name
Paramot er
Number
V fue
ir7
B005
310
902
40Ia
4010
401c
401d
401e
•
4011
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
GEORGE A. GCULSroN 03., INC.
700 J O ftJSo N STge 1
UNtotf
NG
29 11 o
284-3
SPIN F101.31 3-
OVEi3PiZtVS, Gaul,c OILS
thousand gallons tar day
❑ Intermittent (Int) CIKOntInuous(con)
❑No
t4H3-N
6!0
12
ON
- 720
0,006
Iv- I
10z7
0,008
Cr
1034-
Quantity
25o,doo
fb
105 I
103
1467
0,02. 0,06 0,o2.
Units (See
Table III)
Ls
This section contains 1 page.
GPO 865.706

FOR AGENCY USE 1
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL.
. SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each faCllity oesr-rrsr
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Cl4SSIfICatlon (SIC) Code for the industry, the major product or raw material, the flow tin Iha,;-
'sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :ante
Ili for standard measures of products or raw materials'. (see Instructional
1. Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name 401a
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see Instructions)
406a
.406b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Valuernjl�
_ 8605
310
24
401 b
401c
401d
401 e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
Hou.>I FA eM,s / TYSo N Fo o P s } NC.
.
233 S. Se-c&ssr AVENUE
MoN goE
UNION
Nc
2.8110
2015
CH c K et4 P2eou as -
Live CH•1C4eN
t°4a
thousand gallons per day
❑ Intermittent (Int) goContlnuous (con)
IRV":-S.
• ❑No
NK3- N
610
34
co
-72o
d•005
IV-1
Cd
1027
0.006
Cr
1034
04(
Quantity
i, 000rovia
22oloa
Pb
1051
0.03
}403.
1O 7
O oI
V•
J
Units (See
Table 11I)
R5
BIRDS
This section contains I page.
GPO ea5.7o6

STANDARD FORM A --MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE I
—1
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system. using a separate Section IV for each facility descnp-
lion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the industry, the major product or raw material, the flow lin tho.;-
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult ; mble
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see lnstructIons)
1.
Major Contributing Facttlty
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
•
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Malaria!
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge IS Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment Is provided prior to'
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see Instructions)
406■
4000
Par
Nai
Par
Nui
Vat
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
M4Ne Tr MILLS
505 M I U.E SnZ
UN1ot
NC.
2.8110
2211
13 cANK-ETS
f66 thousand gallons per day
❑ Intermittent (Int) liKintlnuous(con)
l7Yos Ohio
Quantity
reefer
[3OD5
t M9—N
co
cd
Cr
Pb
NI
meter
lbe► ,
5 to
610
72o
(027
ro34
f o 5[
/06 7
to
�yii
205
2.3
0.067
0.006
aoa
0.04-
o.o2
Units (See
Table lit)
GPO Ot .70f
This section contain 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE J
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION TY. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major industrial facility dIScharging to the municipal system, using a separate SectIOn IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thrn:-
sand gallons per day), and the characterbtics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :.able
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Numbers. Street
City
County
State
Zlp Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Claulficatlon Code (sae
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged into the munIcipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5, Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Charactorlstics of Wastewalar
(see instructions)
406■
406D
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
�r
8011
3•(a
57
401a
401b
401c
401d
401a
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
f J'A i tDIJAL- 53RM Vt c-E
2402 WALKUP -UP AVENUE
MoNFoe
Uti a J
N�
LAUNDERANG
43 thousand gallons per day
❑ Intermittent (int) mCOntJrtuo4s(con)
CESZ ❑No
NN3-Ni
6to
_ (. o
C,N
720
0.007
Cd
1 027
0,006
Cr
1634
0►0I
Quantity
181230
4034
P6 N4
105i
d•05
J0G7
0.0f
Units (See
Table Ill)
Las
GP 0 065-706
This section contains ! page.

FOR AGENCY USE
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
li
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, Using a separate Section IV for oath facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SAC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow tin Mot:.
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Cpnsult ; ible
I I! for standard measures of products or raw mate:tali. (see Instructions)
1.
MaJor Contributing Facility
tsee Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Coda
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Cade (see
instructions)
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material .
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per'day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
400e
4001,
GPO 865.700
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
Of ° Iw ifeiJUFA CI Of`rG. C
cod o St 4T1 STREET
MONRoE
t 14
F"V
281(0
3728 f 34-99
0. 5 thouusaandgallons per day
I�'Coga�
❑ Intermittent (int) ntlnuous(con)
❑ Yes ratio
Quantity
Parameter
Ivdma
W
Cr
CO
I V[C
parameter
Number
++777
aL
[ 034
\1-,�
}�
1o42
7Zt
G.
/ ^Pb+
1 V51
/
/OIJ I
fZIgj
1 O.J2—
" ill
a.0o7
0.05
0.65
0.008
0.04
0.04
0,29
IV-1
Units (See
Table III)
Thia section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION IY. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each IaCllity desrrip•
Lion. indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thou•
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :.iblo
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1• Major Contributing Faculty
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Materiel (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the munlCIpal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(Sea instructions)
406s
4060
GPO 065.70a
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
LEo
(.o
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
Cr
T.LE DiK1E ALLVIC
2020 etSi4C4Fr -AVEIJVE
Mo0Ro€
UNION
Nc
2&110
3356
1J (CIcEL $. T LrAiJt'JM
B L ETS 8, 6/k-es
aQ
thousand gallons per day
'LSlrttermittent (int) ❑Contlnuous(con)
1034
C3.I1
[Kes ONo
Cat
7 20
a.dc1:9
Iv-1
Pb
1031
0,04
Nc
! 067
a.08
Quantity
109100o
4A=
zn
to92
d, 04
F
`351
-7 I
Units (See
Table III)
Ls
This section contains 7 page.

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION IV. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SAC) Code for the industry, the major product or raw material, the how (in the,: -
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the munlctpal system. Consult : sbie
for standard moatures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Mate►iai
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
Pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
408a
408b
GPO e65.70e
Parameter
Name
Parameter
_Number
Value •
joy
3t0
185
401a
401h
401c
401d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
UNfoN MEMotz114L uosPLTAL
o a J-{osp t-rL L giv
UN WO
28110
80 62
MEDICAL SEAT 4Ear
thousand gallons per day•
❑ Intermittent (Int) Ist.ontInuoua(con)
(tires ❑No
61l 1J` 0
MI6
_ co
720
5,3 0*0(
Cd
1027
,026
Cr
I034-
0.03
quantity
4.34
Pb
1o5i
ore a
1067
oroz9
Units (See
Table Ill)
This section contains 1 page.
FOR AGENCY USE 1
i

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE1
r -1
Submit a description of each major industrial facility discharging to the municipal system. using a separate Section IV for each facility descrrp•
tlon. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (In thou-
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :.ible
111 for Standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1.
Manor Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
instructions)
•
3. Principal Product or Raw
Malarial (see instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem in thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
S. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
40t3a
4o8b
GPO 665-706
Parameter
Name
Paramet er
Number
IL
Cd
(d27
0,01
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a .
403b
404a-
404b
405
Cr
[034
VAI V cLJ O &) P REM
6c ANC C CLE
MOtJgAe
UtitotJ
NC
2 U[O
3551
k J rtTI NG
thaisand gallons per day
ntermittent (Int) ❑ Continuous (con)
Gres ❑No
0.187
104-2
0.08
IV-1
Cl•I
72o
0.008
Fr,
1051
Quantity
a�L
1067
ZVl -
io9z
0.036 0t[89 :0,67Z
Units (See
Table III)
This section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY 115E
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION IV. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facitity descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thor:.
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : tbie
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see instructions)
1. Maier Contributing Facility
(see instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard industrial
Classification Code (see
instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructionsi
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge is inter•
mlttent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
406a
40eb
GP 0 865.706
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value
--1119
1Z
Cd
It 27
0.00G
401a
401b
401c
401d
401 e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
Cr
1034
0.a3
PALE SEw -1Ty , I
3o j o E. ?s EVEtT BLVD.
MoNeoE
VNtatJ
N L
281La
344-9
1%0. CLOSER. d-
139-pWARs
2s4-
thousand gallons per day
❑ Intermittent (int) ontlnuous(con)
es ❑No
104Z
O.tl2
CN
-'zo
0,081
Vh
rd5"i
Quantl
_:
1067
zn
td9Z
0.035 o. a2 a. l z8
Units (See
Table Ili)
LBS
This section contains I page.
1

NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION
SLUDGE MANAGEMENT PLAN
NPDES PERMIT NC0024333
The City of Monroe Wastewater Treatment Plant provides secondary
treatment through an activated sludge process consisting of four
basins followed by four Secondary Clarifier units. Sludge settling
from the Secondary Clarifiers is returned buy pumping to a Splitter
Box just ahead of the Aeration Basins. Plant Operators monitor the
mixed liquor suspended solids level in the aeration basin and
manually operate valves on the return activated sludge pipelines as
required to waste sludge to two Aerobic Digesters for sludge
digestion.
Sludge is digested in the Aerobic Digesters, consisting of
mechanical aerators, sufficient to meet the 503 sludge regulations.
Digested sludge is pumped to one of two centrifuges on an
intermittent basis and is conditioned with polymer to promote
dewatering. There are also 15 sludge drying beds at the Wastewater
Treatment Plant for dewatering if required. Dewatered sludge is
land applied to permitted sites for beneficial reuse under a non -
discharge permit.
The City of Monroe currently contracts with BioGro Systems, Inc. to
haul the dewatered sludge from the plant site to the permitted
disposal sites. The combined allowable application rates from the
sum of all permitted sites are well beyond both the current actual
sludge production and the production at plant capacity.
Basaed upon anticipated continued compliance with the 503
regulations, the City plans to continue to dispose of all plant
sludge by land application.

HAZEN AND SAWYER
Environmental Engineers 8 Scientists
October 1, 1993
Mr. Tom Frederick, P.E.
Director of Water Resources
City of Monroe
P.O. Box 69
300 West Crowell Street
Monroe, NC 28111-0069
Re: Monroe WWTP
Design Capacity Evaluation
H&S No. 3516-8
Dear Tom:
Hazen and Sawyer, P C.
4011 WestChase Blvd.
Raleigh. NC 27607
919 833-7152
Fax: [phone]
This letter addresses the question you raised in a telephone conversation of
September 22, 1993 regarding the design capacity for the Monroe WWTP for
inclusion in the NPDES permit renewal application. This permit expires on
May 31, 1994, which is before the Phase II 9 mgd expansion facilities are
scheduled to be completed. We also understand that the SOC for the plant,
which allowed an interim plant design flow of 9 mgd, expires on March 31,
1994. We believe that upon the expiration of the SOC, the permitted design flow
will return to 7 mgd, at least until the existing permit is renewed, and/or Phase II
facilities constructed.
With regard to the permitted flow capacity to be requested prior to
•completion of the Phase II expansion, we have prepared process design
calculations to determine the allowable flow capacity for the existing aeration
tank volume .of 3.45 million gallons. This volume is based on the four existing
aeration basins at a water depth of 16 feet (Phase I upgrade). The calculated
flow capacity for the existing basins based on maximum month flow conditions is
approximately 8.5 mgd. This capacity is based on plant influent BOD5 and TKN
concentrations for maximum month conditions of 214 and 29.2 mg/L,
respectively. At this time the permitted flow capacity of the Monroe Plant is
based on annual average flow values. The corresponding annual average flow
associated with a maximum month flow of 8.5 mgd is approximately 7 mgd,
which is the current permitted flow capacity.
New York. NY • Armonk. NY • Upper Saddle River. NJ • Fule,gb NC • Charlotte. NC • Richmond. VA • Hollywood. FL • Boca Raton. FL • Fart Pierce. FL - Jupiter, FL • Miami, FL • Bogota. O.E. Colombia

. HAZEN AND SAWYER
Mr. Tom Frederick, P.E.
October 1, 1993
Page 2
Based on the above factors, we recommend that the City request a
permitted flow capacity of 8.5 mgd for renewal of the current NPDES permit for
the interim period prior to completion of the Phase II facilities. Following
completion of the Phase 11 facilitie,s, a permitted flow capacity of approximately
11 mgd is recommended, which is the maximum month flow corresponding to an
annual average flow of 9 mgd. We feel that the higher permitted flow capacities
are appropriate because the process design calculations for the proposed facilities
.were based on maximum month design conditions in order that permit effluent
limits can be met in the month with the maximum Ioadings. In addition, since
effluent flows higher than the permitted flow. capacity are considered a permit
violation, it has become more technically appropriate to base the permit capacity
on design maximum month flows. You may wish to consider requesting an 11
mgd permitted flow at this time with a stipulation within the permit for 8.5 mgd
during Phase II construction.
.If you have any questions regarding this information, please give us a call.
We will be, happy to meet with City and NCDEM regional office staff to discuss
these recommended permitted flow capacities at your convenience.
Very truly yours,
HAZEN AND SAWYER, P.C.
Gordon C. RTes, P.E.
Senior Vice President
GCR/wp
cc: Mr. Jerry Cox
Mr. Kim Hinson

CITY OF MONROE
P0, BOX 69 . MONROE. NORTH CARDONA 2811I-0069
FAX [phone]
November 29 1993
Ms. Coleen Sullins
NCD'EHNR-DEM
Permits and Engineering Unit
Post Office Box 29535
Raleigh,, North. Carolina 27626-0535
EN $IRO .O?, t
k C 1 1993
RE: Application for Renewal: of NPDES Permit NC0024333
City of Monroe Wastewater Treatment Plant - Union County
CERTIFIED MAIL
RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED
Dear Ms. Sullins:
Please find enclosed in triplicate a completed application form for
renewal of NPDES Permit NC0024333, together with a check for the
processing fee. This application is to provide for renewal of the
permit by the current expiration date of May 31, 1994.
Please note on. Page II-4, Item 13, that the Plant Design Flow is
shown as 8.5 MGD for a monthly average, as compared to 7.0 MGD in
the current NPDES Permit. As part of this application process, we
requested from Hazen & Sawyer the monthly average design flow for
the Treatment Plant Upgrade which has just been completed and which
they designed. A letter from Mr. Ruggles of Hazen & Sawyer
included with this application which defines the current capacity.
In addition to requesting that the new permit be issued at 8.5 MGD,
we request that our facility under the current permit be recognized
by NCDEM as an 8.5 MGD facility (for monthly average flow) upon_
expiration of the current SOC in March 1994 until the new permit
takes effect (the SOC permits 9.0 MGD monthly average flow).
If you have any questions during your review please contact Mr. Kim
Hinson, W"TP Superintendent, or. I at. [phone].
R "*sect
Tom L . F
Director
Enc.ls:,sures
Mr. Rex
Mr. Kim
Mr
c.k, P. E.
Resources
Cox
l.eason
1nson
ri Ruggles

t.
NORTH CAROLINNIA DEPT. OF NATURAL. RESOURCES MD COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
NATIONAL POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
APPLICATION FOR PERMIT TO DISCHARGE WASTEWATER
STANDARD FORM A - MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY USE
SECTION L APPLICANT AND FACILITY DESCRIPTION .
Unless otherwise specified on this form all Items are 10 be completed. II an Item Is not appilcable Indicate 'NA.'
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR SELECTED ITEMS APPEAR IN SEPARATE INSTRUCTION BOOKLET AS INDICATED.
BOOKLET BEFORE FILLING OUT THESE ITEMS.
1. Legal Name of Applicant
(see instructions)
2. Mailing Address al Applicant
(see Instructions)
Number & Street
City
State
Zip Code
3. Applicant's Authorized Agent
(see Instructions)
Name and Title
Number & Street
City
State
zip code
Telephone
4. Previous Application
if a previous application for a per.
mit under the Nationar Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System has
been made. give the sate of
application.
101
102a
1020
1020
102d
1034
1036
103a
1030
103■
103f
104
Please Print or Type
CITY OE Mo[12.0E, NoR11 .CAReLtNA
REFER TO
POST CIFFRCF &x 69 •
McWR.oE
i�fa �Tt-I City R L A
2Rit1-ao69
ThoMAS L. FIZZOERKK
Di RECTO Z of (AVER ta-SoURCas
2401 WALWP AVENQE (f 0. Sox 69)
No[2.YH- CA(200 1.JA.
281,11-o069 •
704 292-46o f
Area Number
Code
89aro4
YR MO DAY
I certify that I am familiar with the Information contained In this application and that to the beat of my knowledge and belief Such information•
is true, complete, and accurate.
i HQtyas L. DE tC4
Printed Name of Person Signing
\--11U4t-) C
Signature o Applicant or Authorized Agent
1024
1021
blRec otz c r WA R R.-Z jece
Title
23 ii Z9
YR MO DAY
Date Application 5ltlned
North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6(b)(2)•provides that: Any person who knowingly makes
any false statement representation, or certification in any application, record, report, plan,
or other document files or required to be maintained under Article 21 or regulations of the
Environmental Management Commission implementing that Article, or who falsifies, .tampers with,
or knowingly renders inaccurate any recording or monitoring device or method required to be
operated or maintained under Article 21 or regulations of the Environmental Management
Commission implementing that Article, shall be guilty or a misdemeanor punishable by a fine
not to exceed $10,000, or by imprisonment not to exceed six months, or by both. (18.U.S.C.
Section 1001 provides a punishment by a fine or not more than $10,000 or imprisonment not
more than 5 years, or both, for a similar offense.)

5. Facility (see Instructions)
Give the name, ownership, and physi-
cal Iocetlon of the plant or other
operating facility where discharge(s)
presently occur(s) or will occur.
Name
- Ownership (Public. Private or
Both Public and Private).
Check block if a Federal facility
and give GSA Inventory Control -
Number
Location:
Number & Street
city
County
State
6. Discharge to Another Municipal
Facility (see Instructions)
a. Indicate 11 part of your discharge
Is Into a municipal waste trans-
port system under another re•
sponslble organization. If yes,
complete the rest of this item
and continue with Item 7. If no,
go directly to Item 7.
b. Responsible Organization
Receiving Discharge
Name
Number & Street
City
State
Zip Code
c- Facility Which Receives DEscharge
Give the name of the facility
(waste treatment plant! which re-
ceives and Is ultimately respon-
sible for treatment of the discharge
from your facility.
d. Average Daily Flow to Facility
(mgd) Give your average daily
flow Into the receiving facility.
7. Facility Discharges, Number and
Discharge Volume (see Instructions)
Specify the number of discharges
described In this apptkation and the
volume of water discharged or lost
to each of the categories below.
Estimate average volume per day in
million gallons per day- Go not In-
clude Intermittent or noncontlnuous.
overflows. bypasses or Seasonal dis-
charges from lagoons, holding
ponds. etc.
1000
I OCc
told
ifiGe
IOtf
10
Toth
FOR AGENCY USE
CITY OF. MoN Roe kAMTVUTATa TQO -& Yr PIAOr
1:1041UB ❑PRV ❑BPP
❑ FED
NA
775 TREEVAN DR[VE
M,OIsI Ro E .
rn -n-1 CARoLu tJA •
D Yes
.N ,
WA
NA
t1R
mgd
1-2

To: Surface Water
Surface Impoundment with
no Effluent
Underground Percolation
Well (Infection)
Other
Total Item 7
If 'other' Is specified, describe
If any of the discharges from this
facility are Intermittent, such as from
overflow or bypass points, or are
seasonal or periodic from lagoons,
holding ponds; etc, complete Item 8.
8. Intermittent Discharges
a. Facility bypau points
Indicate the nurwber of bypass
points for the facility that are
discharge poInts.(see Instructions)
b. Facility Overflow Points
indicate the number of overflow
points to a surface water for the
facility (see instructions).
c. .Seasonal or Periodic Discharge
Points Indicate the number of
Paints where seasonal discharges
occur from holding ponds,
lagoons, etc.
9. Collection System Type
Indicate the type and length (In
• miles) of the collection system used
by this faculty. (see Instructions)
Separate Storm
Separate Sanitary
Combined Sanitary and Storm
Both Separate Sanitary and
Combined Sewer Systems
Both Separate Storm an=
Combined Sewer Systems .
Length
10. Municipalities or Arias Served
(see Instructions)
Total Population Served
FO11 AGENCY USE
Number of Total Volume Discharged, •
Discharge Points Million Gallons Per Day
107st I 1
•
107b{;
SOtotf 0
10,7d1
•
107sta
10711•
107p1.`
0
NA
6.488 (Nov 9Z— OCC 93 )
NA
NA
NA
❑-- SST
[})+AN
❑ CSS
❑ BSC
101b": ❑ ssc
(So miles
Name
'Ida i CITY oMON 0
110a 1 UNroN C3UNYY
110a
11a
110a
Actual Population
Served
5,400
000
I-3

11. Average DaIIy Industrial Flow
Total estimated average daily waste
flow from all Industrial sources.
Note: All major Industries (as defined In Section IV)
discharging to the municipal system must be
listed In Section IV.
3.2 mgd
FOR AGENCY USE
12. Permits, Licenses and Applications
List all existing. pending or denied permits, licenses and applications related to discharges from this faclllty.(see InstructIons)
„112,
1.
2.
3.
Issuing Agency
For
Agency Use
type of Permit
Of License
ID Number
Date
Failed
Y R/MO/1
'' ' (a)
�i
N:;41.h .
..t.q` S s.Y >..
)afY
t y, gii7JL .-0,,,'
su ikto "S2
891011
N
NCDEM
'+l,' ::. z.,._,.-:-.:
j4PDES
WCOO2433
r
s 3
MCDEM
Y
� z x s�
SOC
AMC WQ
93/091
13. Maps and Drawings
Attach all required maps and drawings to the back of this application. (see Instructions)
14. Additional Information
s�
114•
Item
Number
DA
04
Date Date Frxpirat'on
issued Denied Date
YR/MOJDA YR/MO/DA Yk/MO/DA
891fUI3a
NFL
93/wf o1
NA
ItIJ
94/05f 31
9Q f a3/31
J
Information
1-4

LEGFNO
RAS PUMPING
STATIONS
(2)
1
ULTIMATE DISPOSIL EFFLUENT TO
BY LAND APP11CA1ON RICHARDSON CREEK
® PUMPS
WASTEWATER FLAW
SLUDGE FLOW
PROCESS FLOW SCHEMATIC
NO SCALE
D:scb 1 r ool
MGc
Max: moot Mor
Average {ow
Sc‘r1 e re%o i s cif g si NA c e r
G;�.1 o't 1 10nCO G
s'ionroe, NC
union cou.,f-j
NPDES•. rlcoo.2M333
Plow
P,,e 1 .{

80,' 30'
35' 04'
341100am
3470
3359
.o
y
h }• ,
ter' as
04
F' U �i
Y
p57'30n
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY
4600'° E.
547 : 548
549
•
27' 30"
550
LACAYtoNi MAP
DISCHARGE SERIAL No. cot
MONROE QUA STEU Eg •i ATM Ni
Mot\ROE.• j •U J io 14 COS V, j�Jd�-T�-i oil N A
LAT, 34° 59' 4-1" N LONG. ea° 291Z9 W
FROM U S. GeoLdGICAL SVR.vE j. MAP 'ENTITLED
"WINGAT'' ;-t971 - — _ .._ .._ ........_
SCALD (: 24, odo
Page •I �T 1
4064 itl Slv
551 !WATSON/
•
.

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL.
FOR AGENCY USE
•
SECTION II. BASIC DISCHARGE DESCRIPTION
Complete this section for each present or proposed discharge Indicated In Section 1, Items 7 and B. that Is to,surface waters. This includes
discharges to other munlclpal sewerage systems in which the waste water dons not go through a treatment works prior to being discharged to
surface waters. Discharges to wells must be described where there are also discharges to surlace waters from this facility. Separate
descriptions of each discharge ere required even It several discharges originate In the same facility. All values for an existing discharge should
be representative at the twelve previous months of operation. If this is a proposed discharge, values should rellect best engineering estimates.
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR SELECTED ITEMS APPEAR IN SEPARATE INSTRUCTION BOOKLET AS INDICATED. REFER TO
BOOKLET BEFORE FILLING OUT THESE ITEMS.
1. Discharge Serial No- and Haire
a. Discharge Serial NO.
(see instructions) ,
b. Discharge Nance
Give name of discharge, 1f any •
(see Instructions)
c. Previous Discharge Serial No
If a previous NPDES permit
application was made for this dis-
charge (Item 4. Section I) provide
previous discharge serial number.
2. Discharge Operating Dates
a. Discharge to Begin Date
If the discharge has never
occurred but Is planned for some
future date, give the date the
discharge will begin.
b. Discharge to End Date If tho dis-
charge Is scheduled to be dlscols-
tinued within the next 5 years,
give the date (within best estimate)
the discharge will end. Give rea-
son for discontinuing thls discharge
In stem 17.
201b
Sate
001
RICHA RDS* CREEK D(s CHA-RGE
I
2,
YR MO
2020 J"rL
YR MO
3. Discharge Location Name the
political boundaries within which
the point of discharge Is located:
State 11, 201a
County 203b
(If applicable) City or Town 203a
4. Discharge Point Description
(see Instructions)
Discharge Is Into (check one)
Stream (Includes ditches, arroyos,
and other watercourses)
Estuary
Lake
ocean
Well (Injection)
Other
If 'other' is checked, specify type
5. Discharge Point — Let/Long.
State the precise location of the
point of discharge to the nearest
second. (see Instructions)
Latitude
Longltude
NoR H CA20L.t JA
UNI OK
CITY 0P MONRaE
2 134R
P140
❑ EST
❑ LKE
❑ OCE
❑ WEL
❑ OTH
Agency Use
203a • �� DEG. 59 MIN. .4 SEC
ROab 80 DEG. 29 MIN. 295EC
Thin section contains 8 pager,

G. Discharge Receiving Water Namte
Name the waterway at the point of
dlscharge.(see Instructions)
I1 .the discharge Is through an;out-
fall that extends beyond the shoreline
or Is below the mean low water line,.
complete Item 7.
7. Offshore Discharge
e. Discharge Distance from Shore.
b. Discharge Depth Below Water
Surface
107s
vim
DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
- Dot
R (CHAt .OSoN CgEEK
FOR AGENCY USE
,t1 , 1
NA
NA
feet
feet
For Agency Use
If discharge Is from a bypass or an overflow point Or s a seasonal discharge from a lagoon, holding pond, eta, complete.itams e.9 Of 10.
as applicable, and continuo with item 11.
•
S. Bypass Ditcher's (sea Instructions)
a. 8ypau Occurrence
Check when bypass occurs
Wet weather
Dry weather
b. Bypass Frequency Give the
actual or approximate number
of bypass incidents per year.
Wet Weimer
Dry weather
c. Bypass Duration Give the
average bypass duration in{hours.
Wet weather
Dry weather
d. Bypass Volume GIVE' the
average volume per bypasS1Incident,
In thousand gallons.
Wet weather
Dry weather
e. Bypass Reasons Give reasons
wly bypass occurs
Proceed to ltem 11.
9. "Overflow Discharge(see instructions)
a. Overflow Occurrence Check
when Overflow occurs.
Wet Weather
Dry weather
b. Overflow Frequency Give the
actual or approximate incidents
per year.
Wet weather
Dry weather
*MI ❑ Yes ❑ No NA
Ma, ©Yes. ❑ No Ni',
times per year
. J.YLtlmet per year
0d l4vPi hours
t 9Vtt hours
NA
NA
thousand gallons per incident
thousand gallons per Incident
❑Yes No
❑ Yes ❑ No
tV A
times per year
Nik times per year
11-2

c. Overflow Duration Givo the
average overflow donation In
hours..
Wet weather
Dryweather
d. Overflow•Volums Give the
average volume per overflow
Incident In thousand gallons.
Wet weather
Dry weather
Proceed to Item 11
10. Seasonal/Periodic Dlsaharies
a. Saasonal/Psrlodlc Discharge
Frequency If discharge Is Inter-
mittent from a holding pond,
lagoon, etc., give the actual or
approximate number of times
this discharge occurs per year.
b.
c.
d.
Seasonal/Periodic Discharge
Volume Give the
volume per discharge occurrence
In thousand gallons.
Seasonal/Periodic Discharge
Duration Give the average dura-
tion of oach discharge 0CCurrente
In days.
Seasonal/Periodic Discharge
Occurrence —Months Check the
months during the year when
the discharge normally occurs.
11. Discharge Treatment
a. Discharge Treatment Description
Describe waste abatement prac-
tices used on this discharge with
a brief narrative. (See Instruc-
tions)
DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
NA
hours
NQHours
MA�{
001
thousand gallons per Incident
thousand gallons per Incident
Qtimes per year
days
thousand gallon per dlacharpa occurrence
❑JAN ❑FEB OMAR IVA
❑AP,R ❑MAY ❑JUN
❑ JUL ❑ AUG ❑SEP
❑ OCT ❑ NOV ❑ DEC
TialTa CANS (STS OF PPtMI.gy SCP.aNI NG
f?<
UStN'G °P0Tovcge " t=ou-oweo RY
Rt oL OGt c.&L US WC-- Acrw 7 .
S-Lu OCsf 1,1/(71-{ N LT(u F l CATI oN ) FO c�-.o W)
Co
BY SEJ DMY CLLP-I �t CA -To N P UA L--
44 O p- 1LTe.c`zom AND C{- Loa(NATloN.
SLvLGE [s TREATED BY Aac1$Ic DI&Es-nolv,
AND CENTRIFUGE DEWM P NG-. EL F
Swc DisrbsM-L. Is oy CAD MPPLcc TldN.
II-3

b. Discharge Treatment Codes
Using the Cods listed In Table I
of the initructIon,Booklet.
describe the waste abatement
processes applied to thls dis-
charge In the order in which
they occur, if possible.
Separate ail codes with commas
except where slashes are used
to designate parallel operations.
if this discharge Is from a municipal waste
treatment plant (not an overflow or
bypass), complete items 12 and 13
12. Plant Design and Operation Manuals
Check which of the following are
currently available
a. Engineering Design Report
b. Operation and Maintenance
Manual
13. Plant Design Data (see instructions)
a. Plant Design Flow (mgd)
b. Plant Design BOD Removal (%)
c. Plant Design N Remove! (%)
d. Plant Design P Removal (%)
e. Plant Design SS Removal (%)
f. Plant Began Operation (year)
g. Plant Last Major Revision (year).
DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
2110:
001
WS, sii/AS, As, As, AS/
N, N4N1/ F, F1 FT PG)
DA, DA, Vc,)(R
9.500 mud
97 %
93 14
MA %
85 %
f 97a
1993
FOR AGENCY USE
11-4

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
0o t
14. DeiariptIon of Influent ind Effluent (lee InitructIoni)
Nov (992 - Our 4993
FOR AGENCY USE
Parameter and Code
. '.,2'14°
h
Parameter and Code
. '.,2'14°
h
Influent
• Effluent
-
U
g
!
C>
(1)
s
a
u
Q>
(2)
w Lowest Monthly
Average Value •-
Highest Monthly
Average Value
H Frequency of
Analysis
w
o
�.
E
Z!
(6)
E.,a'd
I
v
(7)
Flow
Million gallons per day
50050
•
6.488
S3
C.48 8
4.601
9. 155
CANT
MA
NA
pH
U
00400
*
6,1
.
IP
8. 3
5/7
25o
G
Temperature (winter)
° F
74028
64
,
Go
58
G4
-5(-7
250
G
Temperature (summer)
°F
74027
75
74
G6
79
517
258
G
Fecal Streptococci Bacteria
Humb r/100ml
74054 {
(Provide if available) )
.
.
•
.
f11 A rA
NrAt
iVi'
.
fV 'SA
WA
Fecal Coliform Bacteria
Number
74055 J100ml
74055
(Provide if available)
1 2.55
-
rj 5r7
1030
G
Total Coliform Bacteria
NumberJlao ml
74056
(Provide if available)
I 114.4*
RA-
NA
.
I'Ar
RA
BOD 5-day
0031a
199
- 72
2.2
- 13.9
5(7 '
250324
Chemical•Oxygen Demand (COD)
mg/1
00340
(Provide if available)
OR
Total Organic Carbon (TOC)
mg'1
00680
(Provide if available)
(Either analysis is acceptable)
IvA-
Nik-
•
NAB
-Mk
.NA..
WA-
WA
-
laNA
NA
•
.
AiA
Net •
upk
i
Chlorine -Total Residual
mg/1
50060
NPc
0, 10
0,47 .
0.13
;/
51- i
2.5a
*Retorksewls LAW A tm MGR sponi-r II-5 @ - selr7 GEbA45TRL
(.)Jo'AVtIZAG[ UG)

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
00-4
14. Description of Influent and Effluent (see Instructions) (Continued)
FOR AGENCY USE
illllllll
Parameter and Code
gag
.•
•
Influent
Effluent
gj
1;1
Q>
(1)
v
g
• e>
(2)
�•
a
a°L
(3)
.i
Highest Monthly
Average Value
Frequency of
Analysis
"Number of
°' Analyses
sa
N
v,
(7)
Total Solids
mg/I
00500
'
W
NA
IV
N�'
��
NA
N
Total Dissolved Solids
mg/1
70300 -
Misr
N
i
Ails,NA
t
!V A
A lvr A
NA
WA
Total Suspended Solids
00530
•.
204.
(8.1
9..9
.4.24
28.2 •
'5/7
.25d
Settleable Matter (Residue)
m1/1
00545
rrnn
IVf'v
A
•" �i
•NA•
A
p
+VA
.10
•
r
,vk
l r
NA
Ammonia (as N)
o s10
(Provide if available)
17 8
4.2
1.1
8,3 .
.517
25o
it.
24•
Kjeldahi Nitrogen
mg/1
00625
(Provide if available)
. NA
10. 9
• 3,2
21. 0
'
j /3a
-
12
C
Z4-
Nitrate (as N)
mg/I
" 00620
Orovide if available)
NA
4.6
•
.
t. 2
13.0 .
, t /30
12
• C
4�4,
Nitrite (as N)
mg/1
00615
(Provide if available)
5Q
0.7
0.1
4,3
I•j30
12
2
24
Phosphorus Total (as
mg/1
00665
(Provide if available)
.
NA
2,0
0.02
. 3.3
T /3 0
12
C
#24-
Dissolved Oxygen (DO)
mg/1
00300
7.4
•
6.4
.,:
v..-3
5/ 7
250 G
11-6

tl
DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
FOR AGENCY USE
15. Additional Wastewater Characteristics
ChadeIhe box next to each parameter If It Is present In the effluent. (see Instructions)
Parameter
(215) . _
I
Present I
Parameter
(215)
IPresent
Parameter
(215)
4
M
Bromide
71870 ..
Cobalt •
01037
,
Thallium
01059
Chloride
00940
-
,,,/
PC
Chromium
01034
, ,
_
ii,Titanium
4
01152
Cyanide
00720
-
Copper
01042
.
id.
A
Tin . -
01102 -
,
F
Fluoride
00951
I(
Iron
01045
'
Lie
it
.
Zinc '
01092
Sulfide
00745
,`
JC
Lead
01051
'!
X
Algicides* •
74051
Aluminum
01105
v
eN
Manganese
01055
Chlorinated organic compounds*
74052
Antimony
01097
'
if
^
• Mercury
71900
Oil and grease
00550
l/
-C
Arsenic
01002
Molybdenum
01062
•
Pesticides*
74053
-
Beryllium
01012
Nickel
01067
X
Phenols
32730 -
Barium
0I007
Selenium
01147
Surfactants
38260
'
Boron
01022
•
Silver
01077
• Radioactivity'
74050 -
cadmium•
01027
'Provide specific compound and/or element in Item 17, if known:
Pesticides (Insecticides, fungicides, and- rodenticides) must be reported in terms of the acceptable common names specified in Acceptable Com-
mon Names and Chemical Names for the Ingredient Statement on Pesticide Labels, 2nd Edition, Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
D.C. 20250, June 1972, as required by Subsection 162.7(b) of the Regulations for the Enforcement of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and
Rodenticide Act. .
1I�7

DISCHARGE SERIAL NUMBER
1g. Plant Controls Check If the (ohm*
log plant controls are available
for ttils discharge
Alternate power source for major
pumping facility Including those
for collection syttern Ilft stations
Alarm for power or equipment
failure
17. Additional Infornuitton
FOR AGENCY USE
INm
Number
Information
74o52
74052
- (2- 01-1-Aalate
MAyiehe Di: Lorick- -
•
II-8
.U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 0.73 0 - 508-432
INm
Number
Information
74o52
74052
- (2- 01-1-Aalate
MAyiehe Di: Lorick- -
•
II-8
.U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 0.73 0 - 508-432

FOR AGENCY use
STANDARD FORM A --MUNICIPAL
11111111
SECTION IIL SCHEDULED IMPROVEMENTS AND SCHEDULES OF IMPLEMENTATION
This section requires Information on any uncompleted implementation schedule which has been Imposed for construction of waste treatment
facilities. Requirement schedules may have been established by local, State,or Federal agencies or by court action. IF YOU ARE SUBJECT TO
SEVERAL DIFFERENT'1MPLEMENTATION SCHEDULES, EITHER BECAUSE OF DIFFERENT LEVELS OF AUTHORITY IMPOSING
DIFFERENT SCHEDULES (ITEM lb) AND/OR STAGED CONSTRUCTION OF SEPARATE OPERATIONAL UNITS (ITEM lc), SUBMIT A
SEPARATE SECTION 111 FOR EACH ONE.
t. Improvements Required
a. Discharge Serial Numbers
Affected List the discharge -
serlal numbers, assigned In Sec-
tion 11, that are covered by this
ImplomentatPOn schedule
b. Authority Imposing Requirement
Check the appropriate Item Indi-
cating the authority for the Im-
plementation schedule. If the
Identical implementation sched-
ule has been ordered by more
than one authority, check the
appropriate items- (seeln-
strucllons)
Locally developed plan
Areawlde Plan
Basin Plan
State approved Implementation
schedule
Federal approved water quality
standards Implementation plan
Federal enforcement procedure
Or action
State court order
Federal court order
FOR AGENCY USE
iv
s:ed . ..
Ov1
❑ LOC
❑ ARE
❑ BAS
QS
❑ wQS
❑ ENF
❑ CRT
❑ FED
r
e. Improvement Description Specify the 3-character code for the
General Action Description in Table II that best detc►Ibes the
improvements required by the Implementation schedule. If more
than one schedule applies to the facility because of a staged con-
struction schedule, state the stage of constructlon.being described.
here with the appropriate general action code. wbmet a separate
Section 11 i for each stage of construction planned. Also, list all
the 3-character (Specific Action) codes which describe In -more
detail the pollution abatement practices that the implernehtatlon
schedule requires.
3-character general action
description'
3-character specific action
descriptions '7f)Ut
ICT
SEC, ttir,
2. Implementation Schedule and 3. Actual Completion Dates
Provide dates Imposed by schedule and any actual dates of completion for Implementation steps
ilsted below. indicate dates as accurately as possible. (see Instructions)
r,nplementatlon Steps
a. Preliminary plan complete
b. Final plan complete
c. Financing complete & contract
awarded
d. Site acquired
e. Begin construction
C. End construction
g. Begin Discharge
h. Operational level attained
2. Schedule (Yr /Mo /Day)
34,
•
3. Actual Completion (Yr /Mo./Day)
92/ 2/ 1 ate; 92.,. 2, 2.6
wr
to, 1 92, to, .
WS, /—
92,10,1 92, Io , t4
/ 12,3l uk
Na, /
94,�, 3 l
This section Contains 1 page.
GPO a6S-707

FOR AGENCY USE
STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION IIL SCHEDULED IMPROVEMENTS AND SCHEDULES OF IMPLEMENTATION
Thlt section requires Information on any uncompleted Implementation schedule which has been Imposed for construction of waste treatment
facilities. Requirement schedules may have been established by focal, State. or Federal agencies or by court action. IF YOU ARE SUBJECT TO
SEVERAL DIFFERENT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULES. EITHER BECAUSE OF DIFFERENT LEVELS OF AUTHORITY IMPOSING
DIFFERENT SCHEDULES (ITEM lb) AND/OR STAGED CONSTRUCTION OF SEPARATE OPERATIONAL UNITS (ITEM lc), SUBMIT A
SEPARATE SECTION III FOR EACH ONE. -
1. Improvements Required
a. Discharge Serial Numbers
Affected List the discharge
serial numbers, assigned In Sec-
tion II, that are covered by this
Implementation schedule
b. Authority Imposing Requirement
Chock the appropriate Item Ind'.
eating the authority for the Im-
plementation schedule. 11 the
Identical implementation sched-
ule has been ordered by more
than one authority, check the
appropriate items. (see In-
structions)
Locally developed plan
Areawide Plan
Basin Plan
State approved Implementation
schedule
Federal approved water quality
Standards implementation plan
Federal enforcement procedure
Of action
State court order
Federal court order
3D
FOR AGENCY USE
Oo 1
❑ ARE
❑ BA5
❑ SQS
. ❑WOS •
❑ ENF •
❑ CRT
❑ FED
c. improvement Description Specify he 3-character code for the
General Action Description In Table II that best describes the
Improvements required by the Implementation schedule. 11 more
than one schedule applies to the facility because of a staged Con-
slruttion schedule, state the stage of constructlon.being desc,Ibed
here with trio appropriate general action code. Submit a separate
Section Ili 'for each stage of conttruCtlon planned. Also, list ell
the 3-character (Specific Action) codes which describe In-mors
detail the pollution abatement practices that the Implemehtation
schedule requires.
3-character general action
description
3-character specific action
descriptions
'iatR
aoia
IKc
SEC, DIS, rPU, FUF 1
2. Implementation Schedule and 3. Actual Completion Dates
Provide dates Imposed by schedule and any actual dates of completion for Implementation steps
listed below. Indicate dates as accurately as poSslble. (See Instructions)
implementation Steps 2.
a. Preliminary plan complete
b. Final plan complete
c. Financing complete & contract
awarded
d. Site acquired
e. Begin construction
1. End construction
g. Begin Discharge
h. Operational level attained
Schedule Yr /Mo /Day
3D2a
93 / 2. / I
3. Actual Completion (Yr Mo /Day)
93,2.,3
93, 9, 63 .
NA
93,9, 20
w /—
GPO 865.707
Thia section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE
STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION IY. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a desulption of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate SeCtlon IV for each facility descnp•
lion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial CIaSSlllcalton (5IC) Code for the Industry, the major product or row material, the 1Iow (in trio,: -
sand gallons per day).
y), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from th• Industrial 1aClllty Into the municipal system. Consult : able
ill for standard measures of products or raw matertait. (see InstrUctIons)
1. Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
21p Code
2, Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (See
instructions)
•
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem in thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5, Pretreatment Provided indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior 10
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(sae instruction,)
400a
40eb
GPO 865.70e
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
ACME NA-0A ptfirrE-DMs t o N OF G-M
&ME-P(_A:- t ILc.
300 Acme DIz.
moNfi_oe.
UN (0N
lV
2SUa
34-79
ALJMtNuM
STANLESs STEEL
thousand gallons per day
ntermlttent (Int) ❑Continuous(con)
awes ❑No
44-30,
Quantity
II538
403$
•
ate'
NPadrameter
me
�'+
�—�ei
Cr
Cu
al
Pb
N�,
Parameter
Number
0 7
1 V 2 I
e1
I 03 i
r A
j 0`i-2
720
105I
[067
1092
n /'1
0.00C.
0'03
Oro%
LT
0 ptl5
_ 0.005
OfoZ_
0,o
[V-1
Units (See
Table 111)
j+ es
This section contains 1 page.

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE
11111 E 11!
Submit a description of each major industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip•
tion. Indicate thee digit Standard Industrial Classification (SAC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow in then;•
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : able
111 for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1. Major Contributing Facility
(see InstructIons)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent or continuous.
3. Pretreatment Provided Indicate It
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(sae Instructions)
400;
406P
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value�
B0 D5
310
147
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
&LoomsBURG M(LLs, !Mc.
30c)4 STITT STREET
MOKRoE
UN 10 kJ
1 v c
2. ((O
2269
DyeD 191.1 s%f END mace'
PIECE Clops
thousand gallons per day
Intermittent (Int) ontlnU0U,(con)
(fives
55o
❑ No
Quantity
000
403e
31
N HA
4I CN Cd
61 o 72o 1027
I.0 LT 0.005 0.003
IV -I
Gr Pb
1034- (05i
0roi 0,01
WI
1067
0,024
Units (Set
Table III)
YA?.Ds
GPO 865.70e
This section contains ! page.

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY USE i
HHIIfl
. SECTION IV. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
5ubmtt a descrtptlon of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow On thnq-
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial Wilily Into the municipal system. Consul, : lble
Jil for standard measures Of products or raw materials. (see instructions)
1.
Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2, Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (sea
Instructions)
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Material (see instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
400a
.40 0b
Parameter ❑ _ D5 )JI3` l 1 Cij
Ndme �O N
Parameter Number 3tA
o CIO 720
" rue
titgt 60 2.0
401a
401b
401c
401d
401 e
4011
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
C9PR INOUsTgtES, PLUMBING- p{V.
3o 12 MASON ST(2,E r
MONRoE
UN toIJ
Iv�
28140
34-23/346a
STEEL Ro P
+�7
thousand gallons per day
❑ Intermittent (!nt) I1lfContinuoas(con)
0 Yes
0,0 I
IV-1
1027
0.002
Quantity
26
1034 k foci
PbCrCr Pb
O,o2 o.Oz 0,02 0.02.
4G3fa
4031
1067
0.0(
Units (See
Table III)
GPO 8e5.70
Thla aection contains ! page.

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION 1V. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE!
—1
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility dlschargIng to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip•
tian. indicate the 4 digit Standard industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow lin thou-
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged Iron the industrial facility Into the municipal system. Ciensuit : able
11I for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1• Major Contributing Faculty
(see Instructions)
Name 401a
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Materiel (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Materlai
4. Flaw indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal syr
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see Instructions)
400a
40db
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value
gjt
401b
401c
401d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
CUD_DY FAjZMs, 114c. - McNRdt
FAC [UTY
a701_ SIMPSoN ST2EeT
Mot goE
UNtotJ
Nc
2$ t 10
Coott1NG 44ucTRy MEAT
25o
Ihousaandgallons Per day
❑,, Intermittent (Int) LsfCodg�ntlnuoua(con)
es ❑No
133o 5 1i1-6--14
• aid 610
627 22.5
CIS
720
0.00
Iv-1
cd
•1027
0.007
C-
[034
0.02
Quantity
Pb
(051
ao23
40341
1067
0,03
Units (See
Table 1111.
This +section contains 1 page.
GP0 865-708

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY USE 1
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each m.Jor industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for oath facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw materiel, the flow (in thn.:-
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Cpnsult : able
Ill for standard measures of products or raw materials. (sea Instructions)
1.
Major Contributing Facility
(see instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard industrial
Classification Code (see
instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see (nstructionf)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
Pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(sea instructions)
408a
408b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
va__._'17n (
13005
3to
8(
4013
401b
401c
401d
401 a
4011
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
TSS
CUDDY FA12Msr ft c.- MARSHVI�LE
FA CA L ITY
H I G• H WAY 74- UJEST
MARS - vi L.LE
UNION
NC
28 103
2o[5
LI V TURKEY -.
900
thousand gallons par day
❑, intermittent (int) [)t ntinuous(con)
L7res ❑No
N� N
Ciro
41
iv-1
Cd
(027
0,002
Cr
1034
Quantity
1067
<40.3$
40.
CN
72o
0.01 0.0E 0.0°5
Units (See
Table 111)
J
BIRDS
GPO 065.70a
This section contains 1 page.

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION IY. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thou-
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Cpnsult :able
111 for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1. Major Contributing Facility
(we Instructions)
Name 401a
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or RaW
Material (sec Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Es Inter-
mittent or continuous.
S. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment Is provided prlor to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
406s
400b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value
malt
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
,403b
404a
404b
405
LD• DAMS INDUSTRIES) INC.
2o31 6-. P-doSEVEGT RLVD.
MoNIZoE
UMW
Nc
29116
2891
4D HE5lvES
015
thousand gallons per day
4tormIttent (Int)❑Continuous (con)
❑ Yes
'4124
Quantl
36Ooro
409s
BoD5 I4(3
N
316 Gm
-
6.9
9000
CN
720
0, 0o5
IV -I
at
1 027
Cr
1034
0,01
. Pb N�
1i5i (067
0,05 Oro
Units (See
Table 11l)
03s
This section contains ! page.
GPO 855.7O8

FOR AGENCY USE l
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL.
SECTION IY. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM •
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descr.p
lion. indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry. the major product or raw materiel, the flow lin Ihnu•
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : ible III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see instructions)
1. Major Contributing Facility
(see instructions)
Name
Nurnberg. Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Malarial (sae Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate 11
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
406i
400b
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Value 1
8605
3ro
19o. 6
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
40ff
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
FRAfNco MRt1c1FA6vp-LNG co, INC.
MoKieo E Pgr as -PC. aNT
25o ( ISSN C.IZA► FT AtkivuE
V JtoiJ
ivC.
281Ao
239z
SuzE PRED Times
26
thouund gallons per day
❑intermittent (Int) ontinuous[con)
121,4es ❑No
�UH3- N
610
2a. 0
Gv
720
IV-1
Cd
1027
Q,00-1
Cr
1034
Quantity
*iv
Pb Nc
1051 /067
0,ngg 0,03
Units (See
Table III)
1
Doze)
GPO 965.706
This section contains ! page.

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
FOR AGENCY USE 1
-1
SECTION PT. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrrp-
lion. Indicate tho 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thou-
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult
lit for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1• Maier Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2, Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons par day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous_
5. Pretruatmant Provided Indicate If
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
406■
406b
Parameter
Name
Paramat or
Number
Bo05
3lo
902
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
GEORGE tt, GoULSTON co., IN •
Too J aHNsoN sTReer
tookh2cE
UNioJJ
Nc
2211 o
_2S¢3
SPIN FiN1s1-1els,
O /Et 'iZt Vs, CMINkr o1LS
12
thousand gallons per day
0 Intermittent lint) I-DContlnuouf (con)
Yes EjNo
61 o 72o
12 0,006
IV-1
Quantity
S000
Cad Cr Pb
IO2-7 Io34 1051
ar ass orva 0,06
PS.
1067
0,02
Units (See
Table 111)
This section contains 1 page.
GPO 865.706

FOR AGENCY USEl
STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION lg. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system. using a separate Section IV for each facility defcrrp•
tion. indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (51C) Codo for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thou.
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult :.tole
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (tee Instructions),
1. Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name 401■
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (sec Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys.
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
Pretreatment Is provided prior t0
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
406a
400b
4014
401c
401d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
40413
405
HoWI Rents / TYSoN FooPs) INC.
233 S. SEcg.ES - AVENUE
MoNgoE
UNION
NG
2aIf0
2015
CHI Mai PRoouc:s
Live Gf�1c .e J
0040
thousand gallons per day
0 Intermittent (Int) Eontlnuousicon)
as ❑No
4 3a'^
Quantity
2201000
4031
>i
Parameter
Name
+KJ i�7
B& J
N4-1r3- I�
CAN
Parameter
Number
3r0
Cio
-72o
frvLUC++tX'
[v27
Iva¢
fPbC
105i
ff NNIL
I%7
rn3f
24
34
6.005 ,
o.006
0.01
0.a3
0.04
Units (See
Table 111).
J
BIRPs
GPO 865.706
This section contains ! page.

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION Mr_ INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE 1
-1
1.
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility aescrrp•
!Ion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the mayor product or raw material, the flow lin thou-
sand gallons per day), and the characterlstics of the wastewater discharged from the IndustrIat facility Into the municipal system. Consult : tple
III for Standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Prindpal Product or Raw
Malarial (see instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the munitlpal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(Sao Instructions)
408a
4061
GP 0 des -doe
401a
401b
401 c
401d
4014
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
M#Ne 1 t +4 MILLS
505M1LLESn
Mo fR-0e
11N tot\
-NC.
2.8110
2211
13 c.A1\14ETs
16
thousand gallons par day
0 Intermittent (Int) a.antlnuous(con)
Dyes ❑No
Units (Sae
Quantlty Table III)
3o 1000
N rme etor
130D5
M 3— hl
CN
a l
Cr
Pb
L
parameter
Number
3(o
_ 61)
720
1027
(Gael-
to 51
/06 7
Vat d f z
205
2.3
0.067
0,006
0.02.
0. 04
0.02
tv-1
LPS
This section contains 1 page.

STANDARD FORM A —MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY 115E1
...t
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrrp•
lion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry. the major product or raw material, the flow tin thro:•
sand gallons per day), and the Characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : tele
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
1.
Major Contributing Facillty
(see Instructions)
Name
Nurnberg. Street
City
County
State
Zlp Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
. Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is inter•
mlttenl or continuous.
5, Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
406a
406b
GP o ea5.70e
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
Valve It
401a
4010
401c
401d
401 a
401 f
402
402a
407b
404a
404 b
405
IAA i I_OPAL -?l Ce-
2402- UJ SLNP AJENuE
Mo j2oE
U JLON1
Nc
LM4 JN DERI IJG
43
thousand gallons per day
❑ intermIttent (Int) L9 ltlnuous(con)
�N'v os
F D5 NN3-0
3(6 6io
57
1.o
CN
720
0.007
❑ No
rCd
1 027
0,006
Cr
C634
0.01
Quantity.
(8,250
Pb
(05 f
0.05
40
N�
)067
0.0[
Units (See
Table III)
LBs.
This section contains 1 page.

FOR AGENCY USE 1
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
I ,
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system. using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate. the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (51C) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow lin Ihen:•
sand gallons per day). and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial faclllty Into the municipal system. Consult : lble
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
S.
Major Contributing Facility
(see. Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Coda (sae
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (sae Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem in thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent or continuous.
S. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(sea instructions)
408a
400b
GPO 065.70e
401a
401b
401c
401 d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
V►0 (N(!1•t'IvVFAC1vI./G. Ci .
Sod p ST ITT" STREe l
MoNgoE
UNION
NIG
28110
32a/34-99
FO21c reo SNIT
-RId1LAR
0.5 thousand gallons par daY
❑ Intermittent (Ent) LK'continuous(con)
❑Yes neN"0
Quantity
3000
4D34
40
Nameeter
! i C
CoN
e
Pb
NC,
Zn
Him ;er
(a27 1 [ 034.
1042
72.0
(051
/067
f 092-
V Iue 1
G.0o7 0.45
0.65
o.Ooa
0.o4.
0.04
0.29
Iv -I
Units (See
Table III)
Ls
This section contains I page.

FOR AGENCY USE 1
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip.
tion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the miler product or raw material, the flow (in thou-
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the industrial facility Into the municipal system, Consult :able
lit for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see InstructIons)
I. Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name 401a
Nurnberg. Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (sae
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons par day
and whether this discharge Is inter.
mitten' or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
Pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(sae Instructions)
406a
40613
GPO 865.706
Parameter
Name
Parameter
Number
I'I-3-ti
b10
1.o
4016
401c
401d
401e
401 1
402
403a
403b
404a
4046
405
Cr
1034
TELEDyJE ALLVSC
202o PcS4CRF- -AVEviVE
Mo Jc2o€
UNION
IYv
28110
3356
Wan. L,T[rAnfVM
B 1 LIFTS $ BASS
So
thousand gallons per day
t!1 Intermittent (int) ❑ Continuous icon)
L'Sves • ❑No
CN
7 20
0 008
IV-1
Pb
1051
0.04
tic
r 067
0.08
Quantity
- L09) Ooo
Zn
1 092
dro4-
F
951
7.1
Units (See
Table III)
LBS
This section cdntsins 1 page.

STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE
'-1
"1
Submit a description of each major industrial faclllty discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrip-
tion. Indicate tho 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thrn:-
sand gallons per day). and the cha►acterlstics of the wastewater discharged from this industrial faclllty Into the municipal system. Consult : lbw
III for standard moasuros of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
Mayor Contributing FacllltY
(see instructions)
Name
Numbor& Street
City
County
State
21p Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Coda (see
lnstructIOns)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Material' (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material
4. Flaw Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal Sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is inter-
mittent of continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
408a
4060
GPO 865.70e
Paramoter
N4rne
Parameter
Nuum�.beJrr
ValueJ
2
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401 f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
_()iJION M Mo1zjAL UOSP1TAL
a4 o F[osP i7iNL DaiV5
UK toil
v
28Lfo
So62
MEDIC/A- TREAT 4Eft["
5.O
thousand gallons per day
• 0Intermittent (int) Il antlnuous(con)
(vIn/as ❑No
0605 NI13-J
3ro 1 6 [o
185
5.3
CN
120
Iv-1
Cd
l027
0,026
c r'
1034-
0.03
Quantity
Pb
1051
ortl28
1067
otoz.9
Units (See
Table ill)
Thia section contains ! page.
J

4
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY USE 1
Submit a description of each major industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section 1V for each facility descrip-
tion. indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial, Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the now tin thni.•
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial facility Into the municipal system. Consult : Ible
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see instructions)
1.
Major Contributing Facility
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
State
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Claulflcatlon Code (see
InstructIona)
3. PrInelDal Product or Raw
Material (see Instructions)
Product
Raw Material ,
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tole In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter-
mittent ar continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate if
pretreatment Is provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
4t)8a
so6b
GPO 565.706
401a
4016
401c
401d
401e
•
401f
402
403a
4036
404a
4046
405
VAN uikR-0 SkiPREME
6d 1 M tt e Ag n-WR- C(- CL
NtotJkoe-
ViJtatJ
2tto
35sz
kNl`rn14G
0.8 thousand gallons per day
ntermittent (Int) ❑Contlnuous(con)
(,yves ❑No
Quantity
301 GC $n)
iNtf
PNaraameeter
Cd
Crs
W
ct,i
IA
711
Parame
Numberter
(Z-7
t034
104 .
72o
• 1051
1067
[ 032
Value
rub L
C►o(
0.107
0.08
0.Q08
O'036
0489
0,67Z
IV -I
Units (See
Table Ill)
LSs
This section contains 1 page.

•
STANDARD FORM A -MUNICIPAL
SECTION W. INDUSTRIAL WASTE CONTRIBUTION TO MUNICIPAL SYSTEM
FOR AGENCY 115E1
1
Submit a description of each major Industrial facility discharging to the municipal system, using a separate Section IV for each facility descrup•
Lion. Indicate the 4 digit Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Code for the Industry, the major product or raw material, the flow (in thn.:•
sand gallons per day), and the characteristics of the wastewater discharged from the Industrial feelllty Into the municipal system. Consult :able
III for standard measures of products or raw materials. (see Instructions)
Major Contributing FaclltlY
(see Instructions)
Name
Number& Street
City
County
Slate
Zip Code
2. Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code (see
Instructions)
3. Principal Product or Raw
Materiel (sec Instructions)
ProduCt
Raw Material
4. Flow Indicate the volume of water
discharged Into the municipal sys-
tem In thousand gallons per day
and whether this discharge Is Inter•
mIttent or continuous.
5. Pretreatment Provided Indicate If
pretreatment 1s provided prior to
entering the municipal system
6. Characteristics of Wastewater
(see instructions)
400a
406b
GPO 865.70e
401a
401b
401c
401d
401e
401f
402
403a
403b
404a
404b
405
¥ALE SEw Cr(, (tiiC.
3o o o E. gs eVar BLVD.
MoNizoG
UNto .J
1\lC
281to
344-9
Loo[Z- CLoSEPs 4-
E 42-1) RC
2r¢
thousand gallons per day
❑Interm(ttont(Int) ontinuous(con)
types
❑ No
Quantity
50 ow
40311
Parameter
^�-me
C f
Q
i+
��r
Cu
C, `
�J
r b
lY
1vC
—cfl
Parameter
Number
.1027
1034
/042.
7Z0
/
lo�l
!Oc 7
V
id9Z
value �
ti
O.00(
�{
0rV3
O. 2--
0r08I
0.035
0,02
0r128
IV-1
Units (See
Table 111)-
This section contains 1 pege.
1

s
NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION
SLUDGE MANAGEMENT PLAN
NPDES PERMIT NC0024333
The City of Monroe Wastewater Treatment Plant provides secondary
treatment through an activated sludge process consisting of four
basins followed by four Secondary Clarifier units. Sludge settling
from the' Secondary Clarifiers is returned buy pumping to a Splitter
Box just ahead of the Aeration Basins. Plant Operators monitor the
mixed liquor suspended solids level in the aeration basin and
manually operate valves on the return activated sludge pipelines as
required to waste sludge to two Aerobic Digesters for sludge
digestion.
Sludge is digested in the Aerobic Digesters, consisting of
mechanical aerators, sufficient to meet the 503 sludge regulations.
Digested sludge is pumped to one of two centrifuges on an
intermittent basis and is conditioned with polymer to promote
dewatering. There are also 15 sludge drying beds at the Wastewater
Treatment Plant for dewatering if required. Dewatered sludge is
land applied to permitted sites for beneficial reuse under a non -
discharge permit.
The City of Monroe currently contracts with BioGro Systems, Inc. to
haul the dewatered sludge from the plant site to the permitted
disposal sites. The combined allowable application rates from the
sum of all permitted sites are well beyond both the current actual
sludge production and the production at plant capacity.
Basaed upon anticipated continued compliance with the 503
regulations, the City plans to continue to dispose of all plant
sludge by land application.

HAZEN AND SAWYER
Environmental Engineers & Scientists
October 1, 1993
Mr. Tom Frederick, P.E.
Director of Water Resources
City of Monroe
P.O. Box 69
300 West Crowell Street
Monroe, NC 28111-0069
f r r '_
1 .:
Re: Monroe WWTP
Design Capacity Evaluation
H&S No. 3516-8
Dear Tom:
Hazen and Sawyer, P. C.
4011 Wes1Chase Blvd.
Raleigh, NC 27607
919 833-7152
Fax: [phone]
This letter addresses the question you raised in a telephone conversation of
September 22, 1993 regarding the design capacity for the Monroe WWTP for
inclusion in the NPDES permit renewal application. This permit expires on
May 31, 1994, which is before the Phase II 9 mgd expansion facilities are
scheduled to be completed. We also understand that the SOC for the plant,
which allowed an interim plant design flow of 9 mgd, expires on March 31,
1994. We believe that upon the expiration of the SOC, the permitted design flow
will return to 7 mgd, at least until the existing permit is renewed, and/or Phase II
facilities constructed.
With regard to the permitted flow capacity to be requested prior to
completion of the Phase II expansion, we have prepared process design
calculations to determine the allowable flow capacity for the existing aeration
tank volume of 3.45 million gallons. This volume is based on the four existing
aeration basins at a water depth of 16 feet (Phase I upgrade). The calculated
flow capacity for the existing basins based on maximum month flow conditions is
approximately 8.5 mgd. This capacity is based on plant influent BOD5 and TKN
concentrations for maximum month conditions :of 214 and 29.2 mg/L,
respectively. At this time the permitted flow capacity of the Monroe Plant is
based on annual average flow values. The corresponding annual average flow
associated with a maximum month flow of 8.5 mgd is approximately 7 mgd,
which is the current permitted flow capacity.
Now York NY • Armonk, NY • Upper Saddle River, NJ • RAOph. NC • Citariotle, NC • Richmond, VA • Hoirywood, FL • Baca Ralon, FL • Fort Pie:cc, FL • Juoue• FL • Miami, FL • Bogota, e.E, Colombia

`�.. ' r ENAND SAWYER
Mr. Tom Frederick, P.E.
October ;1, 1993
Page 2
Based on the above factors, we recommend that the,City request a.
permitted flow capacity of 8.5 mgd for renewal of the current NPDES permit for
the interim period prior to completion of the Phase II facilities. Following
completion of the Phase II facilities, a permitted flow capacity of approximately
11 mgd is recommended, which is the maximum month flow corresponding to an
annual average flow of 9 mgd. We feel that the higher permitted flow capacities
are appropriate because the process design calculations for the proposed facilities
were based on maximum month design conditions in order that permit effluent
limits can be met in the month with the maximum loadings. In addition, since
effluent flows higher than the permitted flow capacity are considered a permit
violation, it has become more technically appropriate to base the permit capacity
on design maximum month flows. You may wish to consider requesting an 11
mgd permitted flow at this time with a stipulation within the permit for 8.5 mgd
during Phase II construction.
If you have any questions regarding this information, please give us a call.
We will be happy to meet with City and NCDEM regional office staff to discuss
these recommended permitted flow capacities at your convenience.
Very truly yours,
HAZEN AND SAWYER, P.C.
Gordon C. Rles, P.E.
Senior Vice President
GCR/wp
cc; Mr. Jerry Cox
Mr. Kim Hinson

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment,
Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
James B. Hunt, Jr., Governor
Jonathan B, Howes, Secretary
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E., Director
June 28, 1993
Mr. Jerry Cox, City Manager
City of Monroe
P. O. Box 69
Monroe, North Carolina 28111
�t ;orNA
TURAL
ItEsOrJCES AN
pi:Vaal/MT DEV opnrEvr
JUL 0 p 1993
trim rw EuIRGP1IEEMAl. b1P)CdrIENT
raZ LE R IIIJNAL OFFICE
SUBJECT: City of Monroe
Permit No. NC0024333
Authorization to Construct
Wastewater Treatment Facility
Improvements
Project No. CS370564-02
Dear Mr. Cox:
The final plans and specifications for the subject project have been
reviewed and found to be satisfactory.
Authorization is hereby granted for the construction of treatment
facility improvements to expand capacity of the existing Monroe plant from
7.0 MGD to 9.0 MGD to consist of a new 6.5 MGD influent pumping station to
operate in tandem with the existing influent pumps to provide a total peak
pumping capacity of 22.5 MGD; a new 1.3 MG capacity aeration basin with fine
bubble diffusers to increase aeration time at design flow to 12.6 hrs.;
two (2) new tertiary filters and rehabilitation of four (4) existing
filters, providing a total of six (6) cells; dechlorination facilities;
conversion of two (2) existing intermediate clarifiers to sludge
holding/thickening tanks; replacement of the existing 24-inch effluent
outfall with a new 30-inch diameter gravity line; and all associated site
work, yard piping, instrumentation, and electrical work.
Do not proceed with construction until the Authorization -to --Award
package, EEO, and MBE documentation/certification have been reviewed, and
you are in receipt.of our approval, if funding is desired for project
construction.
The Permittee shall employ an actively State certified wastewater
treatment plant operator to be in responsible charge of the wastewater
treatment facilities. Such operator must hold a valid State Certificate of
P.O, Box 29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0535 Telephone [phone] FAX [phone]
An Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Employer 50% recycled/ 1096 post -consumer paper

Page 2
the grade at least equivalent to the classification assigned to the waste-
water treatment facilities by the Certification Commission. When a new
chief operator must be obtained to be in responsible charge of the new
facilities, it is required that this be done by the time the construction of
the facilities is 50% complete.
The Authorization -to -Construct is issued in -accordance with Part III,
Paragraph of NPDES Permit No. NC0024333, issued November 30, 1989 and
shall be subject to revocation unless the wastewater treatment facilities
are constructed in accordance with the approved plans, specifications, and
supporting documents; and are in compliance with the conditions and
limitations specified in Permit No. NC0024333.
•The Permittee shall have an acceptable sludge analysis and a sludge
toxicity analysis which have been approved by the Division of Environmental
Management, Water Quality Section prior to the disposal of any sludge from
the new wastewater treatment plant. Copies of the analyses, supporting
documents, and approvals shall be submitted to the Division of Environmental
Management's Mooresville Regional Office.
The disposing, selling or free distribution of wet, dried, composted
sludge or sludge -like materials from wastewater facilities without prior
review and approval by this Division is illegal.
During the construction of the proposed additions/modifications, the
permittee shall continue to properly maintain and operate the existing
wastewater treatment facilities at all times, including the influent lift
station, and in such a manner as necessary to comply with the effluent
limits specified in the NPDES Permit.
You are reminded that it is mandatory for the project to be constructed
in accordance with the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act,
and, when applicable, the North Carolina Dam Safety Act. In addition, the
specifications must clearly state what the contractor's responsibilities
shall be in complying with these Acts.
One (1) set of final approved plans and specifications is to be
forwarded to you for your files. The copy of the approved plans and
specifications shall be maintained on file by the Owner for the life of the
project.
Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this
permitted facility, a certification must be received from a Professional
Engineer certifying that the permitted facility has been installed in
accordance with the approved plans and specifications. Mail the Certifica-
tion to the Permits and Engineering Unit, P. 0. Box 29535, Raleigh, North
Carolina 27626-0535. (Engineer's Certification Form is attached.)

yea hay
. Bill
Valerie Tan
Teu1ings
ClndY F nan
gees
fin
.s rite additic . irate
� )1 9) 1, r�
Pr;
ra, please
P/E.

ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION
I, , as a duly registered Professional
Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having been authorized to observe
(periodically/weekly/full tip) the construction of the project,
(Project) (Name or Location)
for the
hereby state that, to the best of my
(Project Owner)
abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the project
construction such that the construction was observed to be built within
substantial compliance and intent of the approved plans and specifications.
Signature Registration No.
Date
Permit No. NC0024333
Date: June 28, 1993

4- State of North Carolina
Department of Environment,
Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
James B. Hunt, Jr., Governor
Jonathan B. Howes, Secretary
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E., Director
June 23, 1993
Mr. Jerry Cox, City Manager
City of Monroe
P. O. Box 69
Nbnroe, North Carolina 28111-0069
Dear Mr. Cox:
!TIT
wig;
1E3EHN1F-1
lyd. C. !DEPT. OF NATURAL
RESOURCESAND
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
JUN291993
WfSumm! f3T ENV fligif1,1ENTAL MAllAcrjEtiqr
FM OJfSVI1.1E K IIE1UAL OFFICE
SUBJECT: City of Monroe
Approval of the Revised
Plans and Specifications
Wastewater Facility
Improvements, Phase II
Project No. CS370564-02
The review for completeness and adequacy of the project construction
plans and specifications has been concluded by the Construction Grants &
Loans Section of the North Carolina Division of Environmental Management.
The Construction Inspection Unit's Biddability/Constructibility comments,
including all the minor comments, have been satisfactorily resolved and
incorporated into the plans and specifications.
Therefore, said plan documents are hereby approved with eligibility for
Revolving Loan funding determined as follows:
Eligible
Phase II treatment facility improvements to expand capacity of the
Monroe plant from 7.0 MGD to 9.0 MGD to consist of a new 6.5 MGD
influent pumping station to operate in tandem with the existing
influent pumps to provide a total peak pumping capacity of 22.5 MGD; a
new 1.3 MG capacity aeration basin with fine bubble diffusers to
increase aeration time at design flow to 12.6 hrs.; two (2) new
tertiary filters and rehabilitation of four (4) existing filters;
dechlorination facilities; conversion of two (2) existing intermediate
clarifiers to sludge holding/thickening tanks; replacement of the
existing 24--inch effluent outfall with a new 30-inch diameter gravity
line; and all associated site work, yard piping, instrumentation, and
electrical work.
P.O. Box 29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0535 Telephone [phone] FAX [phone]
An Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Employer 50% recycled/ 10% post -consumer paper

Page 2
Non -Eligible
The following items were determined to be non -eligible. A lump sum
amount will be deducted from the loan, based on the established unit price
and the A/E's estimated quantity using the procedure applied in Phase I:
1. Brick veneer on exterior walls of new Dechlorination Building.
This review and approval of the subject plan documents is
administrative only and does not in any manner address the capability of
the existing influent lift station facilities to handle the wastewater flows
received during the construction period of the subject proposed facilities.
Funding for this project, including the Phase I improvements currently
under construction, is limited to the proposed loan amount of $7,500,000
established and approved by the Environmental Management Commission. In the
event that received bids for Phase II expansion of the plant to 9 MGD exceed
this established amount and local funds are not adequate to award
contract(s),.it will be necessary to consider all alternatives including
redesign, readvertising, and rebidding.
Your project is subject to the one-year performance certification
requirements. By this, you are required on the date one year after the
completion of construction and initial operation of the subject treatment
facilities, to certify, based on your consultant engineer's advisement,
whether or not such treatment works meet the design performance,
specifications and the permit conditions and effluent limitations.
In accordance with the Federal Regulations, the Recipient is required
to assure compliance with the OSHA safety regulations on the subject
project. In complying with this regulatory responsibility, the Recipient
should, by letter, invite the Bureau Chief, Education and Training Bureau,
North Carolina OSHA Division (telephone [phone]), to participate in the
Preconstruction Conference to assure that proper emphasis is given on
understanding and adhering to the OSHA regulations.
The administrative review and approval of these plans and specifi-
cations does not iirply approval of a restrictive specification for bidding
purposes. The approval of these plans and specifications, therefore, is not
an authorization for noncompetitive procurement actions. The request for
such authorization must be submitted to the State.
Any addenda to be issued for subject project plans and specifications
must be submitted by the Recipient such that adequate time is allowed for
review/approval action by the State, and for subsequent bidder action prior
to receipt of bids.

Page 3
It is mandatory for project facilities to be constructed in accordance
with the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act, and, when
applicable, the North Carolina Dam Safety Act. In addition, the
specifications must clearly state what the contractors' responsibilities
shall be in complying with these Acts.
Do not advertise for bids on the construction of this project until
receipt of a proper Wage Rate Decision from EPA that will not expire before
bids can be received and a tentative contract award made. Contact the
Project Management Unit (919/733-6900) for Wage Rate Decisions required in
bid documents prior to advertising.
While rejection of all bids is possible, such action may be taken only
with prior State concurrence, and only for good cause.
Positive efforts shall be made by Recipients and Consultants to utilize
small business, minority -owned business, and women --owned business sources of
supplies and services. Such efforts should allow these sources the maximum
feasible opportunity to compete for subagreements and contracts to be
performed utilizing Federal loan funds.
The Recipient shall comply with the provisions of 40 UIRt, Part 7,
Subpart C - Discrimination Prohibited on the Basis of Handicap.
Attached is one (1) copy of the Project Review and Cost Summary
(Approval to Award) which is to be completed within 21 days after bids have
hen received, and submitted to the State for review. It must be
accompanied by documents including a detailed cost breakdown showing units,
unit cost, and value of the eligible work. Upon review and approval of this
information, the State will authorize the Recipient to make the proposed
award.
Do not proceed with construction until the Authorization -to -Award
package and the EEO and MBE documentation/certification have been reviewed,
and you are in receipt of our approval, if a Federal loan is desired for
project construction.
¶to (2) copies of any change order must be promptly submitted by the
Recipient to the State. If additional information is requested by the
State, a response is required within two (2) weeks, or the change order will
be returned without further or final action.
One (1) set of the final approved plans and specifications will be
forwarded to you. One (1) set of plans and specifications identical to the
approved set must be available at the project site at all times.

4
Upon eanpleti r .of the project. construction, the Reci it rit shall subruit
a letter confirming- that the project has been constructed in accordance with
the plans and speci.ticati_ons approved by the State. "As -built" plans will
rx to be sub itted with any changes color -coded on the plans if the above
contirmat on cannot be made:.
If there are any questions concerning is matter, )pease do not
tate tro contact. Mr. W. S. Hoffman at (J 19) 733-6900 Extension 615.
Attachment
RFT:vk
cc: Hazen & S
isn and Cr
J
Ten Fahnestrock
Aii en Wahab
Don Evans
Valerie Lanc a ter
Robert Teulings
DMU
SRF
n
on R. owe, Chief
Construction Grants
Section Y

To: Construction Grants Section
Attention: Bob Teulings
PART
SOC PRIORITY PROJECT: Yes
If yes, SOC No. 90-08 Ad.1
Date: June 22, 1993
AUTHORIZATION TO CONSTRUCT
NPDES PERMIT
REPORT AND RECOMMENDATIONS
County: Union
MRO No.: 93-122
Permit No. NC0024333
I - GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Facility and Address: Monroe WWTP
Post office Box 69
Monroe, N.C. 28111
2. Date of 0n-Site Investigation (if conducted): N/A
3. Report Prepared By: Michael L. Parker, Environ. Engr. IT
4. Persons Contacted and Telephone Number: N/A
5. Verified Discharge Point(s), List for All Discharge Points:
Latitude: 34° 59' 48" Longitude: 80° 29' 28"
Attach a USGS map extract and indicate treatment facility
site and discharge point on map. Ensure discharge point(s)
correspond to NPDES permitted discharge points.
USGS Quad No.: H 17 NW
6. Site size and expansion area consistent with application?
Yes.
7. Topography (relationship to flood plain included): The site
slopes toward the receiving stream at a rate of 3-11%. The
proposed WWTP site is not located in a flood plain.
8. Location of Nearest Dwelling: None within 500 feet of the
site.
PART II - DESCRIPTION OF DISCHARGE AND TREATMENT WORKS
1. Existing Treatment Facility.
a. Current permitted capacity: 7.0 MGD.

Page Two
b. Date(s) and construction activities allowed by previous
ATCs issued in the previous two (2) years: N/A.
c. Actual treatment capacity of the current facility
(design volume): 7.0 MGD.
d. Description of existing or substantially constructed
WWT facilities: The existing WWTP is a 7.0 MGD
activated sludge facility consisting of an influent
lift station followed by an inflow control device, a
flow equalization basin, screening facilities, grit
removal, three aeration basins with mechanical
aerators, two aerobic digestors, four intermediate
clarifiers, two final clarifiers, rotating biological
contactors, tertiary filters, chlorine contact basin,
an effluent metering device, post aeration, sludge
centrifuges, sludge vacuum beds and sludge drying beds.
2. Type of Proposed Treatment Facility: The applicant proposes•
to construct the following new WWT facilities: an influent
pump station, an aeration basin, tertiary filters, and
dechlorination facilities. The following existing WWT
facilities will be modified or rehabilitated during the
expansion process: tertiary filters, convert digester to an
aeration basin, convert final clarifiers to secondary
clarifiers (the two existing secondary clarifiers will he
removed from service).
3. Residuals Handling and Utilization/Disposal Scheme:
a. If land applied, please specify DEM Permit No.
WQ0001346
Residuals Contractor: BioGro Systems, Inc.
Telephone No. [phone]
b. Residuals Stabilization: PSRP
4. Treatment Plant Classification (attached completed rating
sheet): Class Iv
5. SIC Code(s): 4952
Wastewater Code(s):
Primary: 01
Secondary: 09, 23, 55, 57, 58
Main Treatment Unit Code: 01103
6. Important SOC or Compliance Schedule Dates:
Complete construction: Some of the activities described in
Part II, No. 2 above are scheduled for completion on or
before September 30, 1993 (Phase I).

Page Three
PART III - EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The City of Monroe requests approval to construct and/or
modify WWT facilities that will ultimately increase the City's
WWTP capacity from 7.0 MGD to 9.0 MGD. Part of the activities
have already been approved by Construction Grants (CG) as phase
I. The activities included in this request are in addition to
those included in phase I, therefore, the SOC construction
schedule should he unaffected. It should be noted that the City
has violated several SOC effluent limitations for which this
Office has subsequently prepared stipulated penalty demand
letters for the Director's signature.
Pending final approval of the plans and specifications by
CG, it is recommended that an ATC be issued.
Sig ture of ,eport Preparer Date
2//e-a,�2 c2C 6 --zz- �3
Water Quty Regiona upervisor Date

4
RATING SCALE FQR CLASSIFICATION OF FACILITIES
Name of Plant: X/I / &4f 47%7 i�F2. Ey'/4/sici.)
)
Owner or Contact Person:
Mailing Address: - rrv,•
' r /20 9 X . C , Za///
County: ///t)/ an) Telephone:, _
NPDES Permit No. NCOD Z%' 333 Nondisc. Per. No.
IssueDate: Expiration Date:
. Existing Facility �ev New Facility _
Rated By: /ll iY�EG ��i' /? Date: 93 D62 z
Reviewed (Train. & Cert.) Reg. Office
Reviewed (Train. & Cert.) Central Office
ORC Grade
POINTS ITEM
Industrial Pretreatment Units and/or
Industrial Pretreatment Program
(seeNdefinilion No. 33)
DFSIGN FLOW OF PLANT IN GPD
(no! applicable to non-contaminaled cooling
waters, sludge handling facilities for water
purification plants, lolally closed cycle
systems (del. No. 11), and facilities
consisling only of Item (4) (d) or Items (4) (d)
and (11) (d))
0 — 20,000
20,001 -• 50,000
50,001 -- 100,000
100.001 — 250,000
250,001 -- 500,000
500,001 ••1.000,000
1,000,001 -- 2,000,00D
2,000,001 (and up) -
Design Flow (gpd) :
rale 1 point additional for each
200,000 gpd capacity up to a
maximum of 30
(3) PRELIMINARY UNITS (see detinilion no. 32)
(a) Bar Screens
or
(b) Mechanical Screens, Static Screens or
Comminuting Devices
(c) Grit Removal
Or
(d) Mechanical or Aerated Grit Removal
(e) Flow Measuring Device
or
(I) In;Irumenled Flow Measurement
(g) Preaeralion
(h) Influent Flow Equalizalion
(i) Grease or Oil Separators - Gravity
Mechanical 3
Dissolved Air Flotation. 8
(j) PrecNorinalion 5
POIN
(4) PRIMARY TREATMENT UNITS
(a) Septic Tank (see definition no. 43)
(b) Imhoff Tank
(c) PrimarY Clarifiers
(d) Settling Ponds of Settling Tanks for Inorganic
Non-loxic Materials (sludge handling facilities
for waler purification planls, sand, gravel,
stone,. and other mining operations except
recreational activities such as gem or gold
mining)
1 (5) SECONDARY TREATMENT UNITS
2 (a) Carbonaceous Stage
3(i)Aeration - High Purity Oxygen System
4 Diffused Air System
5 Mechanical Air System (fixed,
8 floating or rotor)
10 Se arale Slu
dge udge Reaeration
(ii) Trickling Filler
High Rate 7
Standard Rale 5
Packed Tower 5
(iii) Biological Aerated Filter or Aeraled
Biological Filler 1 0
(iv) Aeraled Lagoons 1 0
(v) Rolaling Biological Contactors .. 1 0
(vi) Sand Filters-
intermillent biological 2
recirculating biological 3
(vile) Stabilization Lagoons 5
(viii)Claririer
(ix) Single siege system for combined
carbonaceous removal of 8OD and
nilrogenous removal by nitrification
(see def. No. 12) (Points for this ilem
have to be In addition to ilems (5) (a)
(i) through (5) (a) (viii) 8
(x) Nulrienl addilions to enhance 80D
removal 5
(xi) Biological Culture ('Super Bugs') addition
to enhance organic compound removal 5
2
5
5
2
8
3

(i) Aeration - High Purity Oxygen System
Diffused Air System
Mechanical Air System (fixed,
floating, or rotor)
Separate Sludge Reiteration
(ii) Trickling Filler -
High Rale
Standard Rate
Packed Tower
(iii) Biological Aerated Fitter or Aerated
Eilologicat Filler
(iv) Rotating Biological Contactors
(v) Sand Filler-
intermittent biological
recirculating biological
(ai) Clarifier
(6) TERTIARY OR ADVANCED TREATMENT UNIT
(a)
(b)
20 (i) Sludge Holding Tank - Aerated p , , , , 5
S0 N Non -aerated
(i) Sludge incinerator - 2
g {not including activated
' carbon regeneration) 10
Vacuum Filler. Centrifuge or Filter Press or other
similar dewatering devices (0
7
5 (8) SLUDGE DISPOSAL (including incinerated ash)
5 (a) Lagoons
(b) Land Application (surface and subsurface)
10 (see definition 22a)
10 -where the facility holds the land app. permit ... 10
-by contracting to a land application operator who
2 holds the land application permit 2
3 -land application ol sludge by a contractor who does
5 not hold the permit for the wastewaler treatment —
B
3
Activated Carbons Beds -
withoui carbon regeneration 5
with carbon regeneration 15
Powdered or Granular Activated Carbon Feed -
without carbon regeneration 5
with carbon regeneration 1 5
(c) Air Stripping 5
(d) Denitrification Process (separate process) 10
(e) Eteclrodiatysis 5
(t) Foam Separation 5
(g) fon Exchange 5
(h) Land Application of Treated Effluent
(see definition no. 22b) (not applicable for
sand, gravel, stone and other similar mining
operations)
.:(i) on agriculturally managed sites (See def.
No. 4) 10
(ii) by high rate infiltration on non -agriculturally
managed sites (includes rotary distributors
and similar fixed nozzle systems) 4
(iii) by subsurface disposal (includes low pressure
pipe systems and gravity systems except al
plants consisting of septic lank and nitrifica-
tion lines only) - 4
(i) Microscreens 5
(j) Phosphorus Removal by Biological Processes
(See def. No. 26) 20
(k) Polishing Ponds - without aeration 2
with aeration 5
(I) Post Aeration • cascade
diffused or mechanical ... (51
(m) Reverse Osmosis
(n) Sand or Mixed -Media Fillers - low rate
high rale
(o) Treatment processes for removal of metal or
cyanide 15
(p) Treatment processes for remove! of toxic
materials other than metal or cyanide 15
(7) SLUDGE TREATMENT
(a) Sludge Digestion Tank - Healed
Aerobic ...
Unhealed
(b) Sludge Stabilization (chemical or Thermal)
(c) Sludge Drying Beds - Gravity Vacuum Assisted
(d) Sludge Elutrialion
(e) Sludge Conditioner (chemical or thermal)
(I) Sludge Thickener (gravity)
(B) Dissolved Air Flotation Unit
(not appticable to a unit rates as (3) (i)
(h) Sludge Gas Utilization (including gas storage) .
10
5
(9)
facility where the sludge is generated
(c) Landlilted (burial)
DISINFECTION
(a) Chlorination
(b) Dechlorination
(c) Ozone
(d) Radiation
(10) CHEMICAL ADDITION SYSTEM (S) (See definition No. 9)
(not applicable to chemical additions rated as item
(3) (j), (5) (a) (xi), (6) (a). (6) (b), (7) (b), (7) (e),
(9) (a), (9) (b), or (9) (c) 5 points each: List:
(11) MISCELLANEOUS UNITS
(a) Holding Ponds, Holding Tanks or Settling Ponds
for Organic or Toxic Materials including wastes
from mining operations containing nitrogen and/or
phosphorous compounds in amounts significantly
greater Than is common for domestic wastewater 4
Effluent Flow Equalization (not applicable to storage
basins which are inherent in land application systems). 2
Stage Discharge (not applicable to storage basins
inherent in land application systems... 5�
(d) Pumps r31
(e) Sland-By Power Supply.....». _........_»..,_
(f) Thermal Pollution Control Device...._...__ 3
(b)
(c)
(k)
2
'1
5
5
5
5
TOTAL POINTS
CLASSIFICATION
ia9
Class I. _...._...W _... 5 - 25 Points
Class Il..................._..._..................—_..... 26- 50 Points
Class IIi... _......_. »....___�........r.Y.. 51- 65 Points
Class IV 66- Up Points
Facilities having a rating of one through four points, inclusive.
do nol require a certified operator. Classification of all other
facilities require; a comparable grade operator in responsible
charge.
Facilities having an activated sludge process will be assigned
a minimum classification of Class lf.
5
5
5 Facilities having treatment processes for the removal of metal
5 or cyanide wit! be assigned a minimum classification ol Class II.
6 Facilities having treatment processes for the biological removal
2 of phosphorus will be assigned a minimum classification of Class'
III.

96r15/5_ 15:23
$ 9197339311. NCDE:t CONST GRNT
01
0!?
State of North Carolina
Department of Environment, Health, and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
512 North Salisbury Street o Raleigh, ?North Carolina 27611
MAGNAFAX ThANS1LZTAL
Date: �n� is, I793
To : IG PX e-a- M
Location: /400 re"1 u : l l 1-w / 0-(1 t t
y
Magnafax Nu r : (704) 6 1- (.04 0
From:
Magnafax Number: - [phone]
Location: EHNR - DIM - Construction Grants, Raleigh, NC
Te1e. No. (91.9) 733-6900
Pages to Follow
COMMENTS: Plies,14.. `farws 747'1.r ++"a-.,rt,./1i .1
! I'I vei ro c LI/4 TP fi. .
Pollution Pnewndon Pays
P.O. Box 27687, Raleigh, North Carolina 27611-7687 Telephone [phone]

06'15/93 15:23
State State of North Carolina
Department of Environment,
Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
James B. Hunt, Jr., Governor
Jonathan B, Howes, Secretary
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E., Director
Tom Frederick
City of Monroe
P0Box 69
Monroe, NC 28111
Dear Mr, Frederick:
a•9197339311 NCREM CONS? GRNT 02
A7A,
IDEHNR
June 3„1993
Subject: Application Number ACD024333
City of Monroe WWTP imp
Authorization to Construct
Union County
The Division of Environmental Management, Permits and Engineering Unit, hereby .�
receipt of you request for Authorization to Construct wastewater treatment facilities in aceor
NPDES Permit Number NC0024333. This application has been assigned the number shoe
Plcasc refer to the application number when making any inquiries about this application.
Your request has been assigned to Mr. Hoffman for a detailed engineering review, Should
additional information be required you will be contacted in the near future.
Please be aware that the Division's regional office, copied below, must provide .ecommendations
from the Regional Supervisor prior to final action by the Division.
If you have any questions, please contact the review engineer at [phone].
;ere y,
6), l-)�n a rit, RE.
Supervisor, Permits and Engineering Unit
cc: Moalesville Regional Office
Hazen & Sawyer
Permit File NC002433:3
amp
Regional Offices
Asheville Fayetteville Mtxnesville Raleigh Washington Wilmington Winston•Salcrn
704/251-6208 919/486-154! 704/663-1699 919/571.4700 919/946-6481 919/395-3900 919/896-7007
Pollution Prevention Pays
13.0. }lox 29535. Raleigh, North C:ar'olina 27626.0535 Telephone [phone]
An Equal Opportunity Affirmative AVIiOn Employer

06/15/93 15:24 $ 9197339311 NCDEM GUIST GRNT 03
CITY OF M:ON ROE
7 li I{ 0e • NO, INI it 11 !ae;It lei 1 Ai. el II..\ I.I 11'1101
1 .\ l.t ,q1.S
Mr. W. S. Hof i[ticui, alipc'..l.v.isor
`w:'oC1 +t-t net, i,t111 L;rant s hi' I.o7a11 Section
Design i`ta,uacjt'-[11Eerit Unit
N. C. 1)iv75s ioli ot Env.i1tann .?i1tal 1•is:ill.3gcui nit.
Post Office Box 295 3!)
Raleigh, North C.{pro E i na ,' I R2b--Jb 35
RECEIVE()
JUN 3 t
CONSTRUGTiON GRANTS 8 LOANS SECTION
DESIGN MANAOEA1ENT UNIT
Re: RequeSt for Autl-ioi i z i. i on to Construct_
Wastewater TI eat11t11i_ P1ttnL I Xliatlt;,1 on i'hr3i o 11
Project Nu. C:S370564-0
NPDES Permit No. NC0O24333
Dc. it Mr. Hoffman:
The City of Monroe respectfully request.:; authorization from the
North Carolirta Division of Environmental Management to oonstrucl_
wastewater_ treatment plant improvements as designed by Hazen
Sawyer, P. ('. of Raleigh, NC t.ci include: a new influent pumping
station, a now activated sludge basin, Lwo new tertiary filters and
L ehabi :l i tat ion of four existing filters, new deehlori nat i on
facilities, piping, electrical and instrumentation and related
appurtenances. Complete plans and specifications showing a 7 E
details of this proposed work has been submitted Lo your office fon
review by Hazen & Sawyer and we have received your comments in a
letter to Mr. Jerry Cox dated May 4, 1993.
)enclosed with Lhis request is a check from Lhe City ot Monroe in
the amount of $200.0O to the N. C. Division of. Environmental
Management as application fee for this request.
Please call me at (704) 282-460] if you have any questions.
Respec
T m L.I Frederick
Director of Water Resources
c: Mr. Jerry Cox
Mr. John Nemcik

06/15/93 15:24
$ .3197339311 NCDEN CONST GRNT 04
i .
P
FEB 17 1993
iKEERtNGr MANAGEMENT UGRANTS NIT
DIVISION OF FNVIRONMENTAI, MANAGEMENT
February 15, 1993
OR[GzQ GPI
Memo To: 13111 Hoffman 06-.
From: Rex Gleason it
Prepared By: Michael Parker]W7
Sub jest ; City of Monroe
WWTP Improvements -Phase II
Project No, CS370564-02
Union County
Per your request, this office has reviewed the document:
submitted for the subject WWTP improvements project and
offers the following comments:
1. The Monroe WWTP is under an nor which requires the
City to complete construction of WWTP improvements
(Phase I) by September 30, 1993. Activities
included in the SOC are 1iston below.
a, Convert digester to aeration basin,
h, Convert aeration basin to diffused air system,
c, Convert final clarifiers to secondary
clarifiers.
cl. Remove two secondary clarifiers from service.
e, Install computer system that will regulate
various plant processes.
2, With regards to the proposed method and sequence
for construction, this Office has no objections
provided the effects on day-to-day treatment plant
operations are minimized by the proposed WWTP
construction activities. Phase I1 involves
WTI" expansion ar_'tivi t'ti c that arc in addition to
those included in the activities for phase I,
therefore, the SOS: construction schedule
should he unaffected,
If you have any questions regarding this matter, please
advise,
MUP

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment,
Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
James B, Hunt, Jr., Governor
Jonathan B. Howes} Secretary
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E., Director
March
ATTN JERRY E COX CITY MANAGER
CITY OF MONROE
POBOX69
MONROE NC 28111-0069
Subject: Special Order by Consent
EMC WQ 90-08 Adil
Union County
Dear Mr. Cox:
Attached for your records is a copy
approved by the Environmental. Management C
The terms and conditions of the Order
all final permit lirmits contained in the permit
conditions of the Order.
1993
of the signed Special. Order by Consent.
ommission.
are in full effect, and you are reminded that.
must be met except those modified by the
If you have questions concerning this
[phone] ext. 530.
Attachment
Regional Office
Mike Horn, EPA
Ken Eagleson
Robert Fanner
Jeff l3ouchelle
Central Files
atter, please contact Jeff Pouchelle at
Sincerely,
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P. E.
P.O. Box 29535, Raleigh, North C€ rokna 27526-0535 Tel ne 919-733-7015 FAX [phone]
50% recycled/ 10% post -consumer pope
An Equal Opportunity Affirrnatrve Action Employer

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
COUNTY OF UNION
IN THE MATTER OF
NORTH CAROLINA
NPDES PERMIT
NO. NC0024333
HELD BY THE CITY
OF MONROE
SPECIAL ORDER BY CONSENT
EMC WQ NO. 90-08 Ad II
Pursuant to provisions of North Carolina General Statutes (G.S.)
143-215.2 and 143-215.67, this Special Order by Consent is
entered into by the City of Monroe, hereinafter referred to as
the City, and the North Carolina Environmental Management
Commission, an agency of the State of North Carolina created by
G.S. 143B-282, and hereinafter referred to as the Commission:
1. The City and the Commission hereby stipulate the following:
(a) That the City holds North Carolina NPDES Permit
No.NC0024333 for operation of an existing wastewater
treatment works and for making an outlet therefrom for
treated wastewater to Richardson Creek, Class C waters of
this State in the Yadkin -Pee Dee River Basin, but is unable
to comply with the final effluent limitations for Flow,
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5), Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3 as•
N), Cadmium, Nickel, Lead, and Cyanide as set forth in the
Permit. Compliance will require preparation of plans and
specifications for and construction and operation of
additional treatment works. Compliance will also require
the effective control of industrial discharges to the
treatment works through the City's approved industrial
pretreatment program.
(b) That noncompliance with final effluent limitations
constitutes causing and contributing to pollution of the
waters of this State named above, and the City is within the
jurisdiction of the Commission as set forth in G.S. Chapter
143, Article 21.
(c) That the City desires to cause or allow the discharge of
2.0 MGD of additional domestic strength wastewater to the
treatment works, and that the discharge of such additional
wastewater from the treatment works to the waters of this
State will not result in any significant degradation of
their quality or in the quality of any water ultimately
receiving such discharge.

Page 2
(d) That the City has committed by resolution to secure
financing for planning and construction for treatment works
which, when constructed and properly operated, will be
sufficient to adequately treat the wastewater presently
being discharged and the additional wastewater desired to be
discharged, to the extent that the City will be able to
comply with final permit effluent limitations.
(e) Since this Special Order is by Consent, neither party
will file a petition for a contested case or for judicial
review concerning its terms.
2. The City, desiring to comply with the permit identified in
paragraph 1(a) above, hereby agrees to do the following:
(a) Provide the Mooresville Regional Office of the North
Carolina Division of Environmental Management (DEM), located
at 919 North Main Street, Mooresville, North Carolina 28115,
with a list of all additions of flow under the City's
Special Order by Consent, and update this list each time
flow is added to the system.
(b) Undertake the following activities in accordance with
the indicated time schedule:
1) Begin construction by March 1, 1990. (MET)
2) Complete construction by December 31, 1993. (MET)
3) Attain full compliance with final Permit limits by
April 30, 1994.
4) Provide the Mooresville Regional Office with a
quarterly progress report, with the first report being
due on April 15, 1992, and subsequent reports due the
fifteenth (15) day of each July, October, January, and
April.
(c) Comply with all terms and conditions of the permit
except those effluent limitations identified in paragraph
1(a) above. See Attachments A, B, and C for all monitoring
requirements and effluent limitations. The permittee may
also be required to monitor for other parameters as deemed
necessary by the Director of the Division of Environmental
Management (DEM) in future permits or administrative
letters.

Page 3 • ;i
(d) During the time in which this Special Order by Consent
is effective, comply with'the interim effluent limitations
contained in Attachment A. The following reflects only the
limitations that have been modified from NPDES requirements
by' this Order:
EXISTING PERMIT LIMITS UNTIL EXPANSION ABOVE 7.0 MGD
Monthly * Weekly * Daily **
Parameter Units Average Average Maximum
Flow MGD 7.0/7.0 N/A *** N/A
BOD5 mg/1 5.0/10.0 7.5/15.0 N/A
NH as N mg/1 2.0/4.0 3.0/6.0 N/A
Cadmium ug/1 N/A N/A 2.0
Nickel ug/1 N/A N/A. 50.0
Lead ug/1 N/A N/A 25.0
Cyanide ug/1 N/A N/A 5.0
Chronic
Toxicity % ****
*
**
***
#/# denotes summer/winter limits.
# denotes that limit is effective both summer/winter.
N/A denotes that specified type of limit is not
applicable.
Quarterly Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 96%.
LIMITS MODIFIED UNDER SPECIAL ORDER BY CONSENT
Monthly * Weekly * Daily *
Parameter Units Average Average Maximum
Flow MGD 9.0 N/A ** N/A
BOD mg/1 21.0 31.5 N/A
NH35 mg/1 6.0 9.0 N/A
Cadmium ug/1 N/A N/A 10.0
Nickel ug/1 N/A N/A 100.0
Lead ug/1 N/A N/A 100.0
Cyanide ug/1 N/A N/A 75.0
Chronic
Toxicity % ***
# denotes that limit is effective both summer/winter.
N/A denotes that specified type of limit is not
applicable.
Quarterly Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 97%.

Page 4
(e) No later than 14 calendar days after any date
identified for accomplishment of any activity listed in 2(b)
above, submit to the Director of DEM written notice of
compliance or noncompliance therewith. In. the case of
noncompliance, the notice shall include a statement of the
reason(s) for noncompliance, remedial action(s) taken and a
statement identifying the extent to which subsequent dates
or times for accomplishment of listed activities may be
affected.
(f) Enforce the water conservation provisions of the State
Building Code as it applies to new residential construction
(Volume 11, Chapter IV 401.2, 401.3).
(g) Develop and adopt sewer use ordinance limits for non -
conventional pollutants. Implement the pretreatment program
as approved by the Director of DEM, including the
enforcement of both categorical pretreatment standards and
local limits.
(h) Identify any Infiltration and Inflow problems
associated with the facility and establish a program to
correct.
(i) Use forty percent (40%) of the revenue received by a
municipality from additional one-half percent (1/2%) sales
and use taxes levied during the first five fiscal years in
which the additional taxes are in effect in the municipality
and thirty percent (30%) of the revenue received by a
municipality from these taxes in the second five fiscal
years in which the taxes are in effect in the municipality
for water and sewer capital outlay purposes or to retire any
indebtedness incurred by the municipality for these
purposes.
3. The City agrees that unless excused under paragraph 4, the
City will pay the Director of.DEM, by check payable to the North
Carolina Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources,
stipulated penalties according to the following schedule for
failure to meet the deadlines set out in paragraphs 2(b) and
2(e), or failure to attain compliance with the effluent
limitations/monitoring requirements contained in Attachment A:

Page 5
Failure to meet a schedule date
Failure to maintain compliance with
any modified limit contained in the
SOC
Failure to achieve compliance with
final effluent limits at expiration
Monitoring frequency violations
Failure to submit progress reports
4. The City
penalties are
noncompliance
and
not
was
the
due
$100/day for the first 7
days; $500/day
thereafter
$1000/violation
Single monetary penalty
of $10,000.00
$100 per omitted value
per parameter
$50/day for the first 7
days; $250/day thereafter
Commission agree that the stipulated
if the City satisfies the DEM that
caused solely by:
a. An act of God;
b. An act of war;
c. An intentional act or omission of a third party but this
defense shall not be available if the act or omission is
that of an employee or agent of the defendant or if the act
or omission occurs in connection with a contractual
relationship with the permittee;
d. An extraordinary event beyond the permittee's control.
Contractor delays or failure to obtain funding will not be
considered as events beyond the permittee's control; or
e. Any combination of the above causes.
Failure within 30 days of receipt of written demand to pay the
penalties, or challenge them by a contested case petition
pursuant to G.S. 150B-23, will be grounds for a collection
action, which the Attorney General is hereby authorized to
initiate. The only issue in such an action will be whether the 30
days has elapsed.

Page 6
5. In accordance with the provisions of G.S. 143-215.67(b) the
Commission allows the City to accept the additional waste
specified below to its waste disposal system:
2.0 MGD of additional wastewater. The nature of the
additional flows is such that the waste characteristics do
not exceed those generally associated with domestic waste or
are pretreated to domestic strengths. Waste of greater than
normal domestic strength may be accepted if the parameter(s)
that exceed normal domestic strength wastewater are not
those for which interim limitations have been developed and
it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Director
that the additional waste will not adversely affect the
treatment efficiency of the treatment system for any
modified parameter or result in the violation of any other
permit limitation. All new and proposed industrial waste
tributary to the system must be controlled using all needed
mechanisms including but not limited to adoption and
implementation of industrial waste control and pretreatment
ordinances. No wastewater can be accepted which will add
toxic pollutants in quantities not generally associated with
domestic wastewater characteristics, unless the acceptance
of the additional wastewater can be supported through
appropriate analyses acceptable to the Director.
6. This Special Order by Consent and any terms, conditions and
interim effluent limitations contained herein, hereby supersede
any and all previous Special Orders and Enforcement Compliance
Schedule Letters, and terms, conditions, and limitations
contained therein issued in connection with NPDES Permit No.
NC0024333.
7. Any Violation of terms of this Special Order Consent,
including paragraphs 2(b) and 2(e) above and Attachments A, pi.
and C shall terminate paragraph 5 of this Order and any
authorized additional waste not previously connected to the
system shall not thereafter be connected until the necessary
sewerage system improvements have been completed and placed in
operation.
8. Noncompliance with the terms of this Special Order by
Consent is subject to enforcement action in addition to the above
stipulated penalties, including injunctive relief pursuant to
G.S. 143-215.6C.
9. The permittee, upon signature of the Special Order by
Consent, will be expected to comply with all schedule dates,
terms, and conditions of this document.

Page 7
10. This Special Order by Consent shall expire on July 31, 1994.
For the—E-ity of M
Date 2— 3 f
the North Carolina Environmental Management Commission
-IL 47A
Chair of the Commission
Date

ATTACHMENT A
Permit No. NC0024333
EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS - Interim
During the period beginning on the effective date of this Special Order and lasting until April 30, 1994, the
permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall(s) serial number 001. Such discharge shall be limited and monitored
by the permittee as specified below:
Flow
BOD, 5-Day, 20oC
Total Suspended Residue
NH as N
Didsolved Oxygen (minimum)
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean)
Total Residual Chlorine
Temperature
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN)
Total Phosphorus
Chronic Toxicity**
Pollutants Analysis**'*
Conductivity
Copper
Zinc
MBAS
Cadmium
Chromium
Nickel
Lead
Cyanide
**
***
****
9.0 MGD
21.0 mg/1
30.0 mg/1
6.0 mg/1
6.0 mg/1
200/100 ml
31.5 mg/1
45.0 mg/1
9.0 mg/1
6.0 mg/1
400/100 ml
10.0 ug/1****
50.0 ug/1****
100.0 ug/1****
100.0 ug/1****
75.0 ug/1****
easureme
're °uuenc
Continuous
Daily
Daily
Daily.
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Annually
*
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly.
Weekly
Weekly
ents
Sample
ocation***
Recording I or E
Composite E, I
Composite E, I
Composite E
Grab E, U, D
Grab E, U, D
Grab E
Grab E, U, D
Composite E
Composite E
Compos i,te E
E
Grab U, D
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Grab E
Sample Locations: E-Effluent, I -Influent, U-Upstream above discharge point, D-Downstream (1) below discharge point
at NCSR 1006, (2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples.
Stream samples shall be collected three times per week during June, July, August, and September, and once per week
during the remaining months of the year.
See Attachment 'B: Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 97%; March, June, September, and December.
See Attachment C.
Daily Maximum Limitation.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored by a grab
sample at the effluent.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in Cat her than trace amounts.

ATTACHMENT B
Chronic Toxicity Testing Requirement
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit chronic toxicity in any two
consecutive toxicity tests, using test procedures outlined in:
1). The North Carolina Ceriodaphnia chronic' effluent bioassay procedure
(North Carolina Chronic Bioassay Procedure - Revised *February 1987) or
subsequent version.
The effluent concentration at which there may be no observable inhibition of
reproduction or significant mortality is 97% (defined as treatment two in the
North Carolina procedure document). The permit holder shall perform quarterly
monitoring using this procedure to establish compliance with the SOC
condition. The first test will be performed in March, 1992 and continue in
the months of June, September, and December, and March. Effluent sampling for
this testing shall be performed at the NPDES permitted final effluent
discharge below all treatment processes.
All toxicity testing results required as part of this SOC condition will be
entered on the Effluent Discharge Monitoring Form (MR-1) for the month in
which it was performed, using the parameter code TGP3B. Additionally, DEM
Form AT-1 (original) is to be sent to the following address:
Attention: Environmental Sciences Branch
North Carolina Division of Environmental Management
4401 Reedy Creek Road
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607
Test data shall be complete and accurate and include all supporting
chemical/physical measurements performed in association with the toxicity
tests, as well as all dose/response data. Total residual chlorine of the
effluent toxicity sample must be measured and reported'if chlorine is employed
for disinfection of the'waste stream.
Should any single quarterly monitoring indicate a failure to meet specified
limits, then monthly monitoring will begin immediately until such time that a
single test is passed. Upon passing, this monthly test requirement will
revert to quarterly in the months specified above.
Should any test data from -this monitoring requirement or tests performed by
the North Carolina Division of Environmental Management indicate potential
impacts to the receiving stream, this SOC may be reopened and modified to
include alternate monitoring requirements or limits.
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions as specified in the cited document,
such as minimum control organism survival and appropriate environmental
controls, shall constitute an invalid test and will require immediate
retesting (within 30 days of initial monitoring event). Failure to submit
suitable test results will constitute noncompliance with monitoring
requirements.

ATTACHMENT C
The Permittee shall conduct a test for priority pollutants annually at the
effluent from the treatment plant. The discharge shall be evaluated as
follows:
1. A pollutant analysis of the effluent must be completed annually
using EPA approved methods. for the following analytic fractions:
(a) purgeables (i.e., volatile organic compounds); (b) acid
extractables; (c) base/neutral extractables; (d) organochlorine
pesticides and PCB's; (e) herbicides; and (f) metals and other
inorganics. The Annual Pollutant Analysis (APA) Monitoring
Requirement Reporting Form A, to be provided to all discharges
affected by this monitoring requirement, describes the sampling
and analysis requirements and lists chemicals to be included in
the pollutant analysis. This monitoring requirement is to be
referred to as the "Annual Pollutant Analysis" (APA).
2. Other significant levels of synthetic organic chemicals must be
identified and approximately quantified. For the purpose of
implementing this requirement, the largest 10 GC/MS peaks in each
organic chemical analytic fraction (or fewer than 10, if less than
10 unidentified peaks) that occur for chemicals other than those
specified on the APA Monitoring Requirement Reporting Form A
should be identified and approximately quantified as stated in the
APA Reporting Form A instructions. This part (item 2) of the APA
monitoring requirement is to be referred to as the "10 significant
peaks rule".

N. C. DEPT. OF NATURAL
RESOURCES AND
COMMUNITY BEVEL( •..,ENT
FEB 1 5 1993
DIVISION OF ENVIRONEIENTAL hilitiAGEME111
ba0RESVIU.E IIERHDltAL OFFICE
State of North Carolina
Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
512 North Salisbury Street • Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
James B. Hunt, Jr., Governor Jonathan B. Howes, Secretary.
February 10, 1993
Kim A. Hinson, WWTP Supervisor
City of Monroe
Post Office Box 69
Monroe, NC 28111-0069
Subject: NPDES Permit No. NC0024333
Monroe WWTP
Union County
Dear Mr. Hinson:
In accordance with your request received on April 21, 1992, we are forwarding herewith
the modified subject effluent pages. As requested, weekly average and daily maximum limitations
have been established as follows:
Weekly Average Daily Maximum
• Cadmium (4/1) 2 5
• Chromium (µg/1) 50 200
• Lead (µg/l) 25 34
• Nickel (j.tg/1) 88 352
• Cyanide 4tg/1) 5 20
The modified effluent pages are enclosed. Please insert them into your permit and discard the
corresponding old effluent pages.
All other terms and conditions contained in the original permit remain unchanged and in full
effect. These modifications are issued pursuant to the requirements of North Carolina General
Statute 143-215.1 and the Memorandum of Agreement between North Carolina and the U. S.
Environmental Protection Agency dated December 6, 1983.
Regional Offices
Asheville Fayetteville Mooresville Raleigh Washington Wilmington Winston-Salem
704/25I-6208 919/486-1541 704/663-1699 919/571-4700 919/946-6481 919/395-3900 919/896-7007
Pollution Prevention Pays
P.O. Box 29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0535 Telephone [phone]
An Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Employer

Page Two
Mr. Hinson
If any parts, measureirient frequencies or sampling requirements contained in this perntit
are unacceptable, you have the right to an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within thirty
(30) days following receipt of this letter. This request must be in the form of .a written petition,
conforming to Chapter 150B of the North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of
Administrative Hearings, Post Office Drawer 27447, Raleigh, North Carolina 27611-7447. Unless
such demand is made, this decision shall be final and binding.
If you have any questions concerning this permit, please contact Charles M. Lowe at
telephone number [phone].
Sincerely,
,-Preston Howard, r., P.E.
sting
Patrick, EPA
is
Central. Files

A. ( ). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS SUMMER (April 1- October 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning on the effective date of the permit and lasting until expansion above 7.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
,Fffluent Characteristic. Discharge Limitation'
Monthly Avg
Flow 7.0 MGD
BOD, 5 day, 20°C 10.0 mg/I
Total Suspended Residue"' 30.0 mg/l
NN3 as N 3.0 mg/I
Dissolved Oxygen
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean) 200.0 /100 ml
Total Residual Chlorine
Temperature
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN)
Total Phosphorus
Chronic Toxicity***
Monitorinn
Measurement
Weepy Avg,. Daily Max Freauency
Continuous
15.0 mg/I Daily
45.0 mg/I Daily
Daily
Daily
400.0 /100 ml Daily
Daily
Daily
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Requirements
Sample
Toe
Recording
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab -
Composite
Composite
Composite
•Samol4
Location
I or E
E, I, U, D
E, I
E,U,D
E,U,D
E,U,D
E
E,U,D
E
E
E
* Sample locations: E - Effluent, I - Influent, U - Upstream above discharge point, D - Downstream (1) below discharge point at NCSR 1006,
(2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples. Stream samples shall be collected three
times per week during June, July, August and September and once per week during the remaining months of the year.
** The monthly average effluent BOD5 and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the respective influent value
(85% removal).
*** Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 96%; March, June, September and December, See Part III, Condition I.
***' See Part III, Condition L.
***** The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 7.0 mg/l.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored daily at the effluent by grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS SUMMER (April 1- October 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning on the effective date of the permit and lasting until expansion above 7.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. (Continued)
Ftfluent CharacterfatIc.
Pollutant Analysis'
Conductivity
Copper
Zinc
MBAS
Cadmium
Chromium
Nickel
Lead
Cyanide
Plscharae Llmltatlont
Units (specIfrt
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg.
2.0 µg/I
50.0 µg/I
88.0 µg/I
25.0 µg/I
5.0 µg/I
Pally Meg
5.0 µg/I
200.0 µg/I
352.0 µg/l
34.0 µg/I
20.0 µg/I
Monitorina
Measurement
Freauency
Annually
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Requirements
Sample
Dag
*Sample
Location
E
Grab U, D
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Grab - E

A. ( ). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS WINTER (November 1 - March 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning on the effective date of the permit and lasting until expansion above 7.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic. Discharge Limltationt
Monthly Avg
Flow 7.0 MCA
BOD, 5 day, 20°C" 20.0 mg/I
Total Suspended Residue" 30.0 mg/I
NH3 as N 6.0 mg/I
Dissolved Oxygen
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean) 200.0 /100 ml
Total Residual Chlorine
Temperature
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN)
Total Phosphorus
Chronic Toxicity'**
Weekly Ant. Daily Max
30.0 mg/I
45.0 mg/I
400.0 /100 ml
Monitoring
Measurement
Frequency
Continuous
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Reaulrements
Sample
Type
Recording
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Composite
Composite
Composite
'Sample
LocatIoji
I or E
E, I, U, D
E, I
E,U,D
E,U,D
E,U,D
E
E,U,D
E
E
E
* Sample locations: E - Effluent, I - Influent, U - Upstream above discharge point, D - Downstream (1) below discharge point at NCSR 1006,
(2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples. Stream samples shall be collected three
times per week during June, July, August and September and once per week during the remaining months of the year.
** The monthly average effluent BOD5 and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall riot exceed 15% of the respective influent value
(85% removal).
*** Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 96%; March, June, September and December, See Part III, Condition I.
**** See Part III, Condition L.
***** The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 7.0 mg/l.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored daily at the effluent by grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS WINTER (November 1 - March 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning on the effective date of the permit and lasting until expansion above 7.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. (Continued)
effluent Characteristic.
Pollutant Analysis****
Conductivity
Copper
Zinc
MBAS
Cadmium
Chromium
Nickel
Lead
Cyanide
Discharge Limitation'
Units (specify
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg. Daily Max
2.0 gg/I
50.0 µg/l
88.0 µg/I
25.0 gg/I
5.0 µg/I
5.0 µg/l
200.0 gg/I
352.0 gg/I
34.0 µg/I
20.0 µg/I
Monitoring
Meagurement
Frequency
Annually
*
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Requirement:
Sample
Tvne
Grab
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
*Sample
Locatlop
E
U, D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS SUMMER (April 1 - October 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 7.0 MGD and lasting until expansion above 9.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic. Discharge Limitations Monitorina Requirements
Measurement Samolp 'SamDl,
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg. Daily &tax Frequency Tyne Location
Flow 9.0 MGD Continuous Recording I or E
BOD, 5 day, 20°C** 5.0 mg/1 7.5 mg/I Daily Composite E,I,U,D
Total Suspended Residue** 30.0 mg/I 45.0 mg/I Dail
NH3 as N Daily Composite E, I
2.0 mg/I Daily . Composite E,U,D
Dissolved Oxygen Daily Grab E,U,D
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean) 200.0 /100 ml 400.0 /100 ml Daily Grab E,U,D
Total Residual Chlorine
Daily Grab E
Temperature Daily Grab E,U,D
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN) Monthly
Total Phosphorus Composite E
Monthly Composite E
Chronic Toxicity"' Quarterly Composite E
* Sample locations: E - Effluent, I - Influent, U - Upstream above discharge point, D - Downstream (1) below discharge point at NCSR 1006,
(2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples. Stream samples shall be collected three
times per week during June, July, August and September and once per week during the remaining months of the year.
** The monthly average effluent BOD5 and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the respective influent value
(85% removal).
*** Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 96%; March, June, September and December, See Part III, Condition J.
**** See Part III, Condition L,
***** The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 6.0 mg/l.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored daily at the effluent by grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS SUMMER (April 1 - October 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 7.0 MGD and lasting until expansion above 9.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. (Continued)
Effluent Characteristic.
Pollutant Analysis`***
Conductivity
Copper
Zinc
MBAS
Cadmium
Chromium
Nickel
Lead
Cyanide
Discharge Limitations
Units (specify
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg. Daily Max
2.0 µg/I
50.0 µg/I
88.0 µg/I
25.0 µg/I
5.0 µg/I
5.0 µg/1
200.0 µg/I
352.0 µg/l
34.0 µg/I
20.0 µg/I
Monitoring
Measurement
Frequency
Annually
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Requirements
Sample
lust
Grab
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
*Semple
Locetloln
E
U, D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

c
A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS WINTER (November 1 - March 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 7.0 MGD and lasting until expansion above 9.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the pemiittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic.
Monthly Avg
Flow 9.0 MCD
BOD, 5 day, 20°C** 10.0 mg/I
Total Suspended Residue** 30.0 mg/I
NH3asN 4.0mg/1
Dissolved Oxygen
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean) 200.0 /100 ml
Total Residual Chlorine
Temperature
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN)
Total Phosphorus
Chronic Toxicity***
Discharge Limitation: _ Monitoring
Measurement
Frequency
Continuous
15.0 mg/I Daily
45.0 mg/I Daily
Daily
Daily
400.0 /100 ml Daily
Weekly Avg. Daily Max
Daily
Daily
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Requirements
Sample
Tyne
Recording
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Composite
Composite
Composite
*SemoIQ
Location
I or E
E,I
E,I
E
E,U,D
E,U,D
E
E,U,D
E
E
E
* Sample locations: E - Effluent, I - Influent, U - Upstream above discharge point, D - Downstream (1) below discharge point at NCSR 1006,
(2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples. Stream samples shall be collected three
times per week during June, July, August and September and once per week during the remaining months of the year.
** The monthly average effluent BOD5 and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the respective influent value
(85% removal).
*** Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 97%; March, June, September and December, See Part III, Condition J.
**** See Partin, Condition L.
***** The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 6.0 mg/1.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored daily at the effluent by grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS WINTER (November 1- March 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 7.0 MGD and lasting until expansion above 9.0 MGD, the Permittee is authorized to
discharge from outfall serial number 001. (Continued)
Effluent Characteristic.
Pollutant Analysis•""
Conductivity
Copper
Zinc
MBAS
Cadmium
Chromium
Nickel
Lead
Cyanide
Dlschatae Llmitatiopi
Units (speclfri
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg. Daily Max
2.0 ltg/I
50.0 µg/I
88.0 gg/I
25.0 µg/I
' 5.0 gg/I
5.0 gg/I
200.0 gg/I
352.0 µg/I
34.0 itg/I
20.0 gg/I
Monitoring
Measurement
Frequency
Annually
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Requirements
Grab
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
*SemD1Q
L9cat Ion
E
U, D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS SUMMER (April 1 - October 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 9.0 MGD and lasting until expiration, the Pennittee is authorized to discharge from outfall
serial number 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the permittee as specified below:
Effluent Characteristic. Discharge Limitation' Monitoring Requirements
Measurement SamnIQ *SamnIQ
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg. Daily Max Frequency Tyne Location
Flow 11.0 MGD Continuous Recording I or E
BOD, 5 day, 20°C** 5.0 mg/I 7.5 mg/I Daily Composite E,I
Total Suspended Residue*' 30.0 mg/I 45.0 mg/1 Daily Composite E,I
NH3 as N 2.0 mg/I Daily Composite E
Dissolved Oxygen Daily Grab E,U,D
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean) 200.0 /100 ml 400.0 /100 ml Daily Grab E,U,D
Total Residual Chlorine Daily Grab E
Temperature Daily Grab E,U,D
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN) Monthly Composite E
Total Phosphorus Monthly Composite E
Chronic Toxicity*** Quarterly Composite E
* Sample locations: E - Effluent, I - Influent, U - Upstream above discharge point, D - Downstream (1) below discharge point at NCSR 1006,
(2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples. Stream samples shall be collected three
times per week during June, July, August and September and once per week during the remaining months of the year.
** The monthly average effluent BOD5 and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the respective influent value
(85% removal).
*** Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 98%; March, June, September and December, See Part III, Condition K.
**** See Part III, Condition L.
***** The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 6.0 mg/1.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored daily at the effluent by grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS SUMMER (April 1- October 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 9.0 MGD and lasting until expiration, the Permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall
serial number 001. (Continued)
Effluent Characteristic. Discharge Llmltatlone Monitoring Requirement'
Units (specify Measurement Samflle
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg. Daily Malt Frequency Tips Locatlop
Pollutant Analysis**** Annually E
Conductivity Grab U, D
Copper Monthly Composite E
Zinc Monthly Composite E
MBAS Monthly Composite E
Cadmium 2.0 µg/l 5.0 µg/1 Weekly Composite E
Chromium 50.0 µg/I 200.0 µg/I Weekly Composite E
Nickel 88.0 µg/I 352.0 µg/I Weekly Composite E
Lead 25.0 µg/I 34.0 µg/I Weekly Composite E
Cyanide 5.0 µg/I 20.0 µg/I Weekly Grab E

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS WINTER (November 1- March 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 9.0 MGD.and lasting until expiration, the Permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall
serial number 001. Such discharges shall be limited and monitored by the perm ittee as specified below:
.ttluent Characteristic. Discharge Llmltationi
Monthly Avq
Flow 11.0 MC,
BOD, 5 clay, 20°C** 10.0 mg/I
Total Suspended Residue** 30.0 mg/I
NH3asN 4.0 mg/I
Dissolved Oxygen
Fecal Coliform (geometric mean) 200.0 /100 ml
Total Residual Chlorine
Temperature
Total Nitrogen (NO2 + NO3 + TKN)
Total Phosphorus
Chronic Toxicity***
Weekly -Avq. Daily Max
15.0 mg/I
45.0 mg/I
400.0 /100 ml
Monitorind
Measurement
Frequency
Continuous
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Monthly
Monthly
Quarterly
Reaulrementa
DIU
Sample
Recording
Composite
Composite
Composite
Grab
Grab
Grab
Grab
Composite
Composite
Composite
'Sample
Location
I or E
E, I
E, I
E
E,U,D
E,U,D
E
E,U,D
E
E
E
* Sample locations: E - Effluent, I - Influent, U - Upstream above discharge point, D - Downstream (1) below discharge point at NCSR 1006,
(2) below Stewarts Creek at NCSR 1630. Upstream and downstream samples shall be grab samples. Stream samples shall be collected three
times per week during June, July, August and September and once per week during the remaining months of the year.
** The monthly average effluent BODS and Total Suspended Residue concentrations shall not exceed 15% of the respective influent value
(85% removal).
*** Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 98%; March, June, September and. December, See Part III, Condition K.
**** See Part III, Condition L.
***** The daily average dissolved oxygen effluent concentration shall not be less than 6.0 mg/1.
The pH shall not be less than 6.0 standard units nor greater than 9.0 standard units and shall be monitored daily at the effluent by grab sample.
There shall be no discharge of floating solids or visible foam in other than trace amounts.

A. (). EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS WINTER (November 1- March 31) Permit No. NC0024333
During the period beginning upon expansion above 9.0 MGD and lasting until expiration, the Permittee is authorized to discharge from outfall
serial number 001. (Continued)
Effluent Characteristic.
Pollutant Analysis•***
Conductivity
Copper
Zinc
MBAS
Cadmium
Chromium
Nickel
Lead
Cyanide
Discharge Limitations
Units (specify
Monthly Avg Weekly Avg,. > Daily Max
2.0 gg/I
50.0 gg/I
88.0 µg/I
25.0 µg/I
5.0 gg/I
5.0 µg/I
200.0 µg/I
352.0 gg/I
34.0 gg/I
20.0 µg/I
Monitoring
Measurement
frequency
Annually
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Requirements
*Sample
Location
E
Grab U,D
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Composite E
Grab E
Sample
Zvpe

Z . C. DEPT. OF NATURAL
RESOURCES AND
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENX
AUG 1'9 1992
State of North Carolina
Department of Environment, Health and Natural
Division of Environmental Management
512 North Salisbury Street • Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
James G. Martin, Governor
William W. Cobey, Jr., Secretary
Regional Offices
Asheville
704/251-6208
Fayetteville
919/486-1541
Mooresville
704/663-1699
Raleigh
9I9/571-4700
Washington
919/946-6481
Wilmington
919/395-3900
Winston-Salem
919/896-7007
Mr. Jerry E. Cox, City Manager
City of Monroe
P. 0. Box 69
Monroe, North Carolina 28111-0069
Dear Mr. Cox:
MIEN OF ElIV1RO 1EiITdI 1 11ACEl1Oil
MOORESVILLE REOIONikriffirar
Resources
August 17, 1992
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E.
Acting Director
SUBJECT: City of Monroe
Permit No. NC0024333
Authorization to Construct
Wastewater Treatment
Facilities
Project No. CS370564-02
The final plans and specifications for the subject project have
been reviewed and found to be satisfactory.
Authorization is hereby granted for the upgrade of the Monroe
wastewater treatment plant to meet SOC requirements at 7.0 14Gt) to
consist of retrofit installation of fine -bubble diffusers and air
piping in the existing aeration tanks, three (3) 7,000 CFM
centrifugal blowers, piping modifications to the two (2) existing final
clarifiers and two (2) existing 85 ft. diameter intermediate clarifiers
to allow them to operate in parallel as secondary clarifiers, new
aeration basin influent piping and splitter box modifications, a new
splitter box to distribute aeration tank effluent to the four (4)
secondary clarifiers, replacement of the RAS pumps for the existing
final clarifiers, new magnetic RAS flow meter and vault, new yard
piping to convey sludge from the RAS pump stations to the aeration
basins and digesters, and associated electrical and site work.
Do not proceed with construction until the Authorization -to -Award
package, EEO, and MBE documentation/certification have been reviewed,
and you are in receipt of our approval, if funding is desired for
project construction.
Pollution Prevention Pays
P.O. Box 29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0535 Telephone [phone]
An Eaual Opportunity Affirmative Action Fmnlnver

The Permittee shall employ an actively State certified wastewater
treatment plant operator to be in responsible charge of the wastewater
treatment facilities. Such operator nnust hold a valid State
Certificate of the grade at least equivalent to the classification
assigned to the wastewater treatment facilities by the Certification
Commission. When a new chief operator must be obtained to be in
responsible charge of the new facilities, it is required that this be
done by the time the construction of the facilities is 50% complete.
The Authorization -to -Construct is issued in accordance with Part
III, Paragraph C of NPDES Permit No. NC0024333, issued November 30,
1989 and shall be subject to revocation unless the wastewater treatment
facilities are constructed in accordance with the approved plans,
specifications, and supporting documents; and are in compliance with
the conditions and limitations specified in Permit No. NC0024333.
The Permittee shall have an acceptable sludge analysis and a
sludge toxicity analysis which have been approved by the Division of
Environmental Management, Water Quality Section prior to the disposal
of any sludge from the new wastewater treatment plant. Copies of the
analyses, supporting documents, and approvals shall be submitted to the
Division of Environmental Management's Mooresville Regional Office.
The disposing, selling or free distribution of wet, dried,
composted sludge or sludge -like materials from wastewater facilities `
without prior review and approval by this Division is illegal.
During the construction of the proposed additions/modifications,
the permittee shall continue to properly maintain and operate the
existing wastewater treatment facilities at all tunes, and in such a
manner, as necessary to comply with the effluent limits specified in
the NPDES Permit.
You are reminded that it is mandatory for the project to be
constructed in accordance with the North Carolina Sedimentation
Pollution Control Act, and, when applicable, the North Carolina Dam
Safety Act. In addition, the specifications must clearly state what
the contractor's responsibilities shall be in complying with these Acts.
One (1) set of final approved plans and specifications is to be
forwarded to you for your files. The copy of th.e_approved plans and
specifications shall be maintained on file by the Owner for the life of
the project.

Upon completion of construction and prior to operation of this
permitted facility, a certification must be received from a
Professional Engineer certifying that the permitted facility ,has been
installed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications.
Mail the Certification to the Permits and Engineering Unit, P. O. Box
29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0535. (Engineer's. Certification
Form is attached.)
If you have any questions or need additional. information, please
contact Mr. Bill. Hoffman, at [phone], extension 615.
ly,
Preston H 3�, �sr , P. E.
Attachment
RPT: vk
cc: Hazen and Sawyer
Mr. Don Safrit
lle i iOffice
Tom Fahnestock
Joseph E. Martin, Jr.
Mr. Don Evans
Ms. Valerie Lancaster
Mr. Robert Teulings
Ms. Cindy Finan
DMU
SRF

ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION
T, , as a duly registered
Professional Engineer in the State of North Carolina, having been
authorized to observe (periodically/weekly/full time) the construction
of the project,
the
(Project) (Name or Location)
for
hereby state that, to the'best of
my
(Project Owner)
abilities, due care and diligence was used in the observation of the
project construction such that the construction was observed to be
built within substantial compliance and intent of the approved plans
and specifications.
Signature Registration No.
Date
Permit No. NC0024333
Date: August 17, 1992

DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
August 7,1991
MEMORANDUM TO: Don Safrit
711'
FROM: D. Rex Gleason V
PREPARED BY: G. T. Chen 6r7 61
SUBJECT: Application No. ACB024333
Application for Authorization to Construct
Wastewater Treatment Plant Improvements
Union County, North Carolina
NPDES Discharge Permit No. NC0024333 was issued on December
1, 1989 to the City of Monroe, Union County, for the continued
operation of an existing 7.0 MGD activated sludge facility with
approval to expand its ultimate treatment capacity to 11.0 MGD.
The subject facility is currently under a Special Order by
Consent (EMC WQ No. 90-08) which requires that the facility
attain compliance with final effluent limits for Cd, Ni, Pb, CN
and Chronic Toxicity by November 30, 1992; complete construction
by December 31, 1992; and attain compliance with final effluent
limits for BOD, Ammonia Nitrogen and Flow (9.0 MGD) by March 31,
1993.
This Office has reviewed the subject request and recommends
approval on condition that the facilities be constructed in
accordance with the approved engineering plans and
specifications. It is also requested that the Mooresville
Regional Office be notified by the Permittee upon completion of
the subject project's construction.
If you have any questions regarding this matter, please
advise.
GTC:se

James G. Martin, Governor
William W. Cobey, Jr., Secretary
July 31„ 1.991
MR I.E. HINKEL
CITY OF MONROE
PO BOX 69
MONROE, NORTH CAROI INA 28110
Dear MR HI N K E L
State of North Carolina
Department of environment, Health and Natural
Division of Environmental Management.
512 North Salisbury Street • Raleigh, North Ca.rolin;
George T, Everelt,Ph,D.
Director
Subject: Application No. ACB024333
WWTP Imp,
Authorization To Construct
Union County
The Division's Permits and Engineering Unit acknowledges .receipt of your pern it application and
supporting materials on July 16, 1991. This application has been assigned the number shown above
Please refer to this number when making inquiries on this project.
Your project has been assigned to Angela Griffin for a detailed engineering review,, A t
acknowledgement will be forthcoming, If this acknowledgement is not received within thir
days, please contact the engineer listed above..
Be aware that the Division's regional office, copied below, nprovide reco
Regional Supervisor or a Procedure. Four Evaluation for this project, prior to f.
Division.
if you have any quest" ors, please contact Angela
Y,
cc: MoOres~ ille Regionat Office
Delta Environmental Consultants, Inc,
733-5083.
Pola"urion Pre err i n Pays
P.O. Box 27687, Raleigh, North Carolina, 2'761,1-7687 Telephone
An Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Employer
919-733-7015

N. C. DEPT. OF NATURAL/
RESOURC-.AND
COAT>iUN]TY _;ZVELOPAfENT
- 5 1991
�A� �''��
eigaigilviUrf &4-;giria,. •
POST OFFICE BOX 69 • MONROE, NORTH CAAO ;IP.a2B8j I1/Pg11
704-289-8557 • FAX [phone]
July 12, 1991
Permits and Engineering Branch
Division of Environmental Management
512 North Salisbury Street
PO Box 27687
Raleigh, NC 27611
Re: Wastewater Treatment Facility Improvements
Gentlemen:
Enclosed please find plans and specifications for
the City's Wastewater Treatment Facility
Improvements for your approval.
Sincerely,
P. Wilson Crook -
Director of Utilities
sh
Enclosures
Council Members
P. E. Bazemore Judy L. Davis
Mayor Lewis R. Fisher Billy Jordan
Lynn A. Keziah Phil Hargett I. B. Shive
JUL 161991
City Manager
Jerry E. Cox
r`
i
AAGEM IT
OFFICE
ON'If.
OR/��y
lg*4
\ 4 r Di1_,�
..IN
•

Delta
Environmental
Consultants, Inc.
TEC C SPECIFICAl'IONS
WASTEWATER MENT FACILITYIMPROVE NTS
CONTRACT
CITY OF MONROE, NORTH CAROLINA
DELTA PROJECT NO. 50-90-131
MAY 1991
DELTA ENVIRONMENTAL CONNSULTANTS, INC.
6701 CARMEL ROAD, SUITE 200
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28226-3901
[phone]

SPECIFICATIONS
RECEIVED •
JUL 16/99/
N. C. DEPT. OF NATURAL
RESOURCES AND
i' LOI'MENT
/ . - 5 1991
rF L 111 MANAS[AIiNT
I#�a:'r���!F :�:.►i:;# OFFICE
WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILr ES
MONROE, NORTH CAROLINA
DELTA PROJECT NO. 50-90-131
MAY 1991
DELTA ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS, INC.
6701 CARMEL ROAD, SUITE 200
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28226-3901
[phone]
j
L�61 1 NNflI'
UY f il,) d

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Advertisement for Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Bid
Contract
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Division 2
Section
Site Preparation, Excavation and, Backfill,
Compacted Fills and Finish Grading 02100
Division 3
Concrete Works 03100
Reinforcing Steel 03200
Cast -in -Place Manholes 03300
Precast, Prestressed Concrete 03400
Reinforced Concrete Pipe (RCP) Culverts 03500

Table of Contents (continued)
Division 4
Section
Masonry 04100
Division 5
Structural Steel 05100
Division 7
Roof Water Proofing System 07100
Division 8
Metal Doors & Frames 08100
Rolling Service Doors 08300
Division 9
Painting 09900
Painting/Piping, Valves and Fittings 09910
Division 11
Wastewater Treatment Facility Piping, Fittings, Valves and Appurtenances 11200
Slide Gates 11280
Sludge Recirculation Pumps 11300
Division 13
Aeration Equipment 13240
Division 14
Electric Overhead Crane 14600

Table of Contents (continued)
Division 15
Section
Air BIowers 15880
Division 16
Basic Electrical Requirements 16010
Raceways 16110
Wires and Cables 16120
Boxes 16130
Wiring Devices 16141
Supporting Devices 16190
Electrical Identification 16195
Motor Control Center 16481
Interior Luminaries 16510

SECTION 02100
SITE PREPARATION, EXCAVATION AND,
BACKFILL., COMPACTED FILLS AND FINISH GRADING
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for site work,
including clearing, grading erosion control, excavation and backfill, dewatering, and finished
grading of the project site. The work shall include every item of construction necessary for
complete and acceptable site work as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/ASTM C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
B. ANSI/ASTM D698 - Test Methods for Moisture -Density Relations of Soils and Soil -
Aggregate Mixtures
C. ANSI/ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method
D. OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration
1.03 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the Work are as shown on
Drawings.
1.04 NOTIFICATION OF UTILITY COMPANIES
A. Contractor shall notify Owner and all affected utility companies of construction operation
to coordinate work regarding poles, wires, valve boxes and other surface obstructions and
to determine the location of gas, watermain, power, light, telephone or telegraph conduit
or service connection thereto or any other sub -surface structure that crosses or passes
through the space occupied by any of the proposed improvements. Contractor shall make
arrangements with the Owner and utility companies for any relocation of interfering
utilities.
02100 Page 1

PART II MATERIALS
2.01 TOPSOIL
A. There shall be adequate topsoil stripped for the site and stored to provide coverage of at
least 4 inches for areas to be seeded and mulched at the completion of the project.
2.02 SELECT MATERIAL
A. Controlled density fills under or within structures and foundations shall be constructed of
select material obtained from the site, from the designated borrow area, or imported from
off -site. This material shall have a minimum plasticity index of 8 and a maximum of 18.
The liquid limit of the soil shall be 45, or less. The Contractor shall aerate or blend
materials and provide necessary additives which may be necessary in order to produce a
material which meets these Specifications.
B. Gravel Base shall be in conformance with the requirements of the North Carolina
Department of Transportation.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS
A. Structures, sidewalk, driveways, curb and gutter, trees, shrubs, lawns, signs, fences, utilities,
survey monuments, pavements, lawns, culverts and other appurtenances which are adjacent
to the right of way or work easements, shall be carefully protected against damage. In the
event of damage or inadvertent injury or removal of these surface features by failure to
exercise reasonable precautions or proper construction techniques, Contract shall bear the
full cost and responsibility for resulting damages and shall replace or repair such damage
as early as possible. No allowance for extra payment or time will be allowed for such
interferences that Contractor could have suspected or anticipated during the pre -bid site
inspection and interpretation of the bidding documents.
B. Monuments for land surveys encountered in the path of work shall be carefully protected
from movement. Should removal be necessary, Contractor shall notify Owner's
Representative in advance. Owner's Representative will set reference stakes and give notice
that the monument can be removed. Owner will reset the monument after backfilling and
settling at no cost to Contractor. Contractor will be held responsible for re-establishing
monuments lost due to his negligence or failure to notify the Owner's Representative.
3.02 SUB -SURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS
A. Approximate location and size of sewers, drains, culverts, gas mains, watermains, electric
and telephone conduits and other underground structures shown on the Drawings are based
on records available to Owner or surface markings indicating their existence.
02100 Page 2

B. Maintain and protect existing utilities or structures remaining, which pass through or are
adjacent to work area. Use caution in excavating and trenching so that the exact location
of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined; Contractor shall
be help responsible for the repair of such structures when broken or otherwise damaged
during construction.
C. Contractor shall make arrangements with the utility companies for relocation of interfering
utilities. No extra costs due to unexpected delays or coordination work shall be placed on
the Owner, except for authorized utility alterations performed by Contractor as provided
below.
D. When Owner's Representative permits the Contractor to make a change to avoid a utility
relocation, Owner's Representative shall determine whether the change constitutes extra
work as defined in the General Conditions.
E. Any underground utilities or other structures that are located outside of the construction
limits of this contract which Contractor wishes to have moved to facilitate construction, shall
be arranged with the owner of such structures; Contractor shall pay all costs of the
accommodation.
F. In the event that there is any question as to whether any of the above enumerated
obstructions, underground utilities or other structures cross or pass through the space
occupied by the completed structures of this contract, the Owner's Representative's decision
shall be binding upon Owner and Contractor.
G. During construction of pipe lines, it may be necessary to cross under certain sewers, drains,
culverts, water lines, gas lines, electric conduits and other underground structures. Where
necessary, the flow in drains or culverts shall be diverted so that the excavation may be kept
dry during construction. Every effort shall be made to prevent damage to such underground
structures. Wherever such structures are disturbed or broken, they shall be restored to good
condition at no additional cost to Owner. Contractor shall use sand or gravel backfill
beneath said structures. Backfill shall be deposited and thoroughly compacted by
mechanical means in layers not to exceed six inches in depth.
H. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of in -situ compaction. Backfill with one and one
half inch washed rock and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for
subsequent backfill material.
3.03 TOPSOIL
A. The topsoil shall be stripped form the site to a depth of approximately 4 inches and an
adequate amount stored for reuse on the site for final seeding or landscaping. Excess
topsoil may be used on embankment slopes or excavated slopes after final compaction of
the embankment material backslopes. No topsoil shall be placed in areas to receive
pavement, sidewalks or structures.
02100 Page 3

3.04 ROCK EXCAVATION
A. Rock excavation may be necessary in connection with work on the Project, together with
its removal and disposal. Cost of any rock excavation shall be included in the bid, and shall
not be considered as extra.
3.05 BACKFILLING
ING
A. Trenches and excavation around structures, except where a Controlled Density Fill (CD.F.)
is called for, shall be solidly backfilled with excavated or borrowed earth materials up to the
original ground surface or to the grades shown, allowing for the placement of topsoil.
Adjacent to basement walls, retaining walls and walls of structure which have earth on only
one side, the backfill material must be free of organic material and must contain no more
than 50% by weight passing the No. 200 sieve. The backfill shall be placed and compacted
in a manner so as to obtain a density equal to a minimum of 90% of that possible under
optimum moisture content as determined by the Modified Proctor test.
Unless noted otherwise on the drawings, when in rock, excavation around structures shall
be backfilled with C.D.F. material compacted to not less than 90% of Modified Proctor to
the elevation of the rock when rock is more than 18 inches below ground surface and to a
plane 18 inches below grade surface when rock is nearer the same.
No frozen material shall be used for back fill and no backfill shall be placed on frozen
ground or where there is standing water. The Contractor shall provide, maintain and
operate equipment, trenches and sumps or adequate capacity to keep excavation free of
water at all times, as required, to permit placement and compaction of backfill and to
facilitate the construction of foundations. Placing CD.F. underwater will not be permitted
except when so authorized in writing by the Engineer.
3.06 SHEATHING AND BRACING
A. Where it is necessary to protect employees, nearby structures and pavements, or when the
trench must be confined to allow for traffic flow, tight sheathing will be required.
Contractor shall call Owner's Representative attention to any unforeseen condition that
requires the use of sheathing. Sheathing must be driven unless soil conditions allow the sets
to be placed after excavating. If placed after excavating, the voids between the trench wall
and sheathing musi be immediately filled with sand.
1. Removal of sheathing must not take place until the trench is backfilled. Flooding
or jetting the trench shall be done after the sheathing is removed.
2. Owner's Representative may approve, in writing, some or all of the sheathed sets
to remain in place. Sheathing ordered left in place shall have the upper portion
within 2 feet of a street cut off and removed. _
3. Spot braces, individual shorings spaced at various intervals along trench, portable
trench boxes or sliding shields will be considered incidental to the cost of laying
pipe.
02100 Page 4

3.07 LIMITS OF AMOUNT OF OPEN TRENCH
A. In no case shall the Contractor be allowed to open any trench more than 100 feet in
advance of the pipe laying unless otherwise permitted by Owner's Representative.
Backfilling shall be kept within 300 feet of the completed pipe laying.
3.08 WET TRENCH CONDITIONS
A. The Contractor shall attempt to dispose of all ground water or surface drainage seeping in
the trench by employing ordinary dewatering techniques such as the use of sump pumps,
dikes, etc. Allowing water to flow into the pipe being laid will not be permitted except in
the case of a storm sewer where the cement joints have set. A temporary stopper or plug
must be installed on the upper end of each pipe being laid, if there is danger of sand or
debris being washed into the pipe. Employees will not be allowed in excavations where
water has accumulated unless adequate protection is provided.
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and analysis of fill material will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D698.
B. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ANSI/ASTM D1556 and
ANSI/ASTM D698.
C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and
retest at no cost to Owner.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS OR UNSUITABLE MATERIAL
A. Surplus material shall include all excavation which is more than the amount needed for
backfilling or is undesirable for backfilling. Surplus material shall be deposited at such
points as directed by Owner within one mile from the point of loading.
B. If Owner does not choose to select sites for depositing surplus material, the Contractor shall
find his own disposal sites at no additional expense to Owner, regardless of distance.
END OF SECTION
02100 Page 5

SECTION 03100
CONCRETE WORKS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This item shall consist of providing ail materials, forms, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and
incidentals necessary for the construction of concrete structures, tanks, and miscellaneous
work, including the concrete portions of steel, timber, stone masonry and composite
structures, prepared and constructed in accordance with these Specifications, and
conforming to the lines, grades, dimensions, and designs shown on the Plans. All concrete
shall be normal weight, air -entrained concrete unless otherwise set out on the PIans.
1.02 APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES
A. Materials and work shall conform to the requirements of standards, codes and recommended
practices required in this section. In conflicts between industry standards, required standards
and this Specification, or this Specification and the local building code, the more stringent
requirement as interpreted by the Engineer shall govern. The referenced applicable
standards and codes are:
"Building Code Requirement for Reinforced Concrete; ACI 318, latest revision; and
"Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete* ASTM C 94-80.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Concrete shall consist of an approved Portland cement, a fine aggregate, a coarse aggregate,
and water mixed in the proportions specified. Air entrainment shall be accomplished by the
aciditk i J a i air -catering agent to the mixing water. The constituent materials which
combine to make concrete shall be as specified herein. No materials shall be used
containing foreign matter, frost, or lumps or crusts of hardened substances.
1. Portland Cement. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
C150-80, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement," Type I. Cement shall
correspond to that upon which the selection of concrete proportions was based.
Only one brand and manufacturer of cement shall be used on the contract except
by written permission of the Engineer.
The Contractor may use, subject to the approval of the Engineer Type III Portland
Cement, a high early strength Portland cement.
When a type of cement no specified is permitted by the Engineer, any additional
cost shall abe assumed by the Contractor.
03100-1

2. Water. Water used in mixing or curing shall be clean and free from injurious
amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, organic materials, or other substance that my
be deleterious to concrete or steeL
3. Aggregates. The gradation of the aggregate shall be determined by laboratory
methods with sieves having square opening.
a) Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate shall consist of crushed stone or
gravel. A coarse aggregate consisting of a combination of crushed stone
and gravel shall be used only when specifically approved by the Engineer.
Coarse aggregate shall be clean, tough, durable, and of uniform quality.
The coarse aggregate shall be a percent of wear not exceeding 40 when
tested in accordance with ASTM C131-76 "Resistance to Abrasion of Small
Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine." The aggregate
shall have a loss not to exceed 12 percent when subjected to five cycles of
the soundness test ASTM C88-76 "Soundness of Aggregates by Use of
Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate" using sodium sulfate.
When tested by laboratory methods, the amount of deleterious substances
will not exceed the following limits:
Description
ASTM
Designation
Maximum Permissible
Percentage by Weight
Material Finer than
a No. 200 Sieve C117-80 1%
Coal and Lignite C123-69 0.25%
Clay Lumps C142-78 0.25%
Soft Fragments C851-76 5.0%
However, the total deleterious substances may not exceed 5 percent by
weight.
Coarse aggregate size shall be reasonably well graded from coarse to fine
and shall conform to the following grading requirements when tested in
accordance with ASTM C136 "Standard Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine
and Coarse Aggregate."
Retained on 1-1/4" Sieve 0%
Retained on 3/4" Sieve—20-65%
Retained on 3/8" Sieve 70-90%
Retained on No. 4 Sieve 95-100%
03100-2

Coarse aggregate from any one source shall not vary as to maximum size
and shall be uniform to a reasonable degree in gradation with the
representative sample and/or gradation submitted by the Contractor. If the
fineness modulus varies by more than 0.20 from the value assumed in
selecting proportions for the concrete the aggregate will be rejected unless
suitable adjustments are made in concrete proportions to compensate for
the difference in grading.
b.) Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard durable
particles of natural sand or other approved inert material with similar
characteristics.
The amount of deleterious substances shall not exceed the following limits
when tested in accordance with the ASTM designation specified:
ASTM Maximum Permissible
Description Designation Percentage by Weight
Material Finer than
a No. 200 Sieve C117-80 2%
Coal and Lignite C123-69 0.50%
Clay Lumps C142-78 0.25%
Soft and Flaky Particles C851-76 2%
The fine aggregate shall be free from injurious amounts of organic
impurities and shall pass the mortar strength test as specified in the
following: When the fine aggregate is mixed with Portland cement in the
proportion of one part of cement to three parts of fine aggregate, the
tensile strength compared to standard Ottawa sand mortar specimens made
with same cement of the same proportions and consistency shall not be less
than 100 percent at seven and 28 days.
Fine aggregate shall be reasonable well graded from coarse to fine, and
shall conform to the following grading requirements:
Total retained on 3/8° Sieve 0%
Total retained on No. 4 Sieve 0-5%
Total retained on No. 8 Sieve 5-30%
Total retained on No. 16 Sieve 20-55%
Total retained on No. 30 Sieve 40-80%
Total retained on No. 50 Sieve 70-95%
Total retained on No. 100 Sieve 95-100%
03100-3

Fine aggregate from any one source shall be uniform to a reasonable
degree in gradation with the representative sample submitted by the
Contractor.
The fineness modulus of the fine aggregate shall not be less than 2.3 nor
more than 3.1 and shall not vary more than 0.20 from the value assumed
in selecting proportions for the concrete. If this value is exceeded, the fine
aggregate shall be rejected unless suitable adjustments are made in the
proportions of fine and coarse aggregates.
4. Air -Entraining Agent. The air -entraining agent shall comply with the requirements
of ASTM C260 'Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for
Concrete," and shall be added to the mixing water in solution. The contractor shall
submit evidence based on tests made in a recognized laboratory to show that the
air -entraining admixture conforms to the requirements of the latest revision (ASTM
C260) for seven and 28 day compressive and flexural strengths and resistance to
freezing and thawings, except as provided in the following paragraph. Tests for
bleeding, bond strength and volume change will not be required. Tests may be
made upon samples taken from a quantity submitted by the Contractor for use on
the project or upon samples submitted and certified by the manufacturer as
representative of the admixture to be supplied.
An exception to the requirements in the prPreding paragraph is the case of
admixtures which are manufactured by, neutralizing VinsoI resin with caustic soda
(sodium hydroxide). When the Contractor proposes to use such an admixture he
shall submit a certification concerning the admixture in the following form:
'This is to certify that the product (trade name) as manufactured and sold
by the (company) is an aqueous solution of Vinsol resin that has been
neutralized with sodium hydroxide. The ratio of sodium hydroxide to
Vinsol resin is one part of sodium hydroxide to (number) parts of Vinsol
resin. The percentage of solids based on the residue dried at 105° G is
(number). No other additive or chemical agent is present in this solution."
When the Contractor proposes to use an air -entraining admixture which has been
previously approved, he shall submit a certification stating that the admixture is the
same as that previously approved. If an admixture offered for use is essentially the
same (with only minor difference in concentration) as another previously approved
material, a certification will be required stating that the produce is essentially the
same as the approved admixture and that no other admixture or chemical agent is
present.
Either prior to or at any time during construction, the Engineer may require that
the admixture selected by the Contractor be further tested to determine its effect
upon the strength of the concrete. When so tested, seven day compressive strength
of concrete made with the cement and aggregates in the proportions to be used in
the work shall be not Less than 90 percent of the strength of concrete made with
same materials and with the same cement content and consistency but without the
admixture.
03100-4

The percentage reduction in strength shall be calculated from the average strength
of at least five standard 6 inch 12 inch cylinders of each type of concrete.
Specimens shall be made and cured in the laboratory in accordance with the
requirements of the latest revision of ASTM C192 and shall be tested in accordance
with the requirements of the latest revision of ASTM C39.
5. Admixtures. All materials other than Portland cement, water, aggregates and the
specified air -entraining agent that are added to the concrete shall be subject to the
permission of the Engineer. Flay ash or other admixtures may be used when
permission is given by the Engineer. The Contractor shall support his request with
a manufacturer's certified formulation of the proposed agent and with sufficient
evidence that the proposed agent has given satisfactory results on other similar
work and that the material is in compliance with all applicable ASTM and ACI
standards. Additional certification that the admixture will not reduce the durability
or specified strength of the concrete or reinforcing steel shall be submitted.
When permission is granted for use of an admixture, no additional compensation
will be made for furnishing, placing, finishing, or curing the concrete containing the
admixture.
In general, the use of calcium chloride as an accelerating admixture in steel
reinforced concrete sections will not be approved. However, certain conditions may
warrant the use of calcium chloride, in which case permission of the Engineer must
be obtained by the Contractor.
2.02 CONCRETE UTILITY
A. Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water,
and an air -entraining agent proportioned in accordance with ACI 318-84 and these
Specifications to meet the following criteria.
1. Specified Compressive Strength. The specified compressive strength (f c) shall be
3,000 pounds per above inch at 28 days.
2. Air Entrainment. The total air content (entrained and entrapped air) shall be 6
percent ± 1 percent. Maximum total air content on troweled flatwork protected
from the elements and receiving a surface hardener shall be 3 percent.
3. Slump. Slump shall be not less than 2 inches nor more than 4 inches.
03100-5

PART III EXECUTION
3.01 PROPORTIONING
A. Proportions of ingredients for concrete shall be established to provide adequate durability,
workability, and proper consistency to permit the concrete to be worked readily into the
forms and around reinforcement under the conditions of placement to be employed, without
excessive segregation or bleeding. The concrete shall also be resistant to freezing and
thawing and shall be in conformance with the strength requirements set out. The criteria
hereinafter set our are solely for the purpose of establishing required mixture proportions
and do not constitute a basis for confirming the adequacy of concrete strength.
1. Required Average Strength Above Specified Compressive Strength. Proportions,
including water -cement ratio, shall be established on the basis either of laboratory
trial batches or of field experience with the materials to be employed. The
proportions shall be selected to produce an average strength at 28 days exceeding
the specified compressive strength by the amount indicated below, when both air
content and slump are the maximums permitted by the Specifications. If watertight
concrete is required, the water -cement ratio shall not exceed 0.48.
Determination of the required average strength shall be in accordance with ACI
318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete," except that if suitable
data from trial batches or field experience cannot be obtained, permission will not
be granted to base concrete proportions on the water -cement ratio limits set out in
the above referenced code.
a.) Past Plant Performance. Proportions may be established on the actual field
performance of the ready -mix producer.
Where the concrete production facility has a record, based on at least 30
consecutive strength tests representing similar materials and conditions to those
expected, the strength used as the basis for selecting proportions shall exceed the
required fc by at least:
400 psi if the standard deviation is less than 300 psi;
550 psi if the standard deviation is 300 to 400 psi;
700 psi if the standard deviation is 400 to 500 psi;
900 psi if the standard deviation is 500 to 600 psi;
1,200 psi if the standard deviation is above 600 psi or unknown.
Strength data for determining standard deviation shall be considered to comply with
the foregoing stipulations if they represent either a group of at least 30 consecutive
tests or the statistical average for two groups totaling 30 or more tests. These tests
used to establish standard deviation shall represent concrete produced to meet a
specified strength or strengths within 1,000 psi of that specified for the proposed
work. Changes in materials and proportions within the population of background
tests shall not have been ore closely restricted than they will be -for the proposed
work.
03100-6

2. Laboratory Trial Batches. When the ready -mix producer does not have a record
of past performance, the combination of materials and the proportions selected
shall be determined from trial mixes having proportions and consistencies suitable
for the work based on ACI 211.1-77.
When laboratory trial batches are used as the basis for selecting concrete
proportions, strength tests shall be made in accordance with 'Method of Test for
Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinder? (ASTM C39) on specimens
prepared in accordance with 'Method of Making and Curing Test Specimens in the
Laboratory" (ASTM C192). A curve shall be established showing the relationship
between water -cement ration (or cement content) and compressive strength., The
curve shall be based on at least three points representing batches which produce
strengths above and below that required. Each point shall represent the average
of at least three specimens tested at 28 days or the earlier age designation.
The average strength required shall exceed the specified compressive strength by
1,200 psi.
The maximum permissible water -cement ration (or minimum cement content) for
the concrete to be used in the structure shall be that shown by the curve to produce
the average strength indicated, but in no case shall the water -cement ratio exceed
0.53 by weight, or in the case watertight concrete is specified or shown on the
Plans, it shall in no case exceed 0.48 by weight.
3.02 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor or ready -mix concrete producer shall submit either:
1. one copy of each of 30 consecutive strength test results and mix design used from
a record of past performance; or
2. one copy of the laboratory trial mix designs and results, and one copy of the mix
design proposed for used under this contract.
B. The Contractor shall provide and pay all costs associated with testing services for the
foil owin0.
1. any testing service required by the Contractor; and
2. qualification of the proposed materials and the establishment of mix designs in
accordance with ACI 318, latest revision, and these Specifications.
Additionally, when requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall, at his own expense,
submit samples of materials proposed for use in the concrete mix, including names, sources,
and descriptions.
03100-7

3.03 TESTING
A. Materials and operations shall be tested as the work progresses. The cost of all field testing
of materials and work shall be borne by the Contractor. The testing laboratory shall be one
recommended by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
1. Testing will be performed generally as set out below. For each 50 cubic yards of
concrete placed or for each run representing a unit or portion of a finished
structure, whichever is Less (Le, footing, wall, floor slab, columns, roof slab, etc.),
the following tests shall be performed:
a.) Composite samples shall be served in accordance with ASTM C172-71
(Reapproved 1977) "Standard Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete."
b.) Mold and laboratory cure three specimens from each test required in
accordance with ANSI/ASTM C31-69 (Reapproved 1975) "Standard
Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field."
c.) Test the specimens in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C39-72 (Reapproved
1979) "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Concrete
Specimens ° Two specimens shall be tested at 28 days for acceptance and
one specimen shall be tested at seven days for information.
d.) The slump of the normal -weight concrete sample for each strength test
shall be determined in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C143-78 "Standard
Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete."
e.) Determine the total air content of a normal -weight concrete sample for
each strength test in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C238-83 "Standard Test
Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure
Method," or in accordance with ANSI/ASTM C138-77 "Standard Test
Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of
Concrete?
2. The Contractor, at his option, and under the direction of the Engineer, may secure
and mold samples and perform the tests specified in ASTM C238-83, provided he
has the necessary equipment for securing, molding and testing as set out in the
referenced standards, and performs these tasks in strict accordance with referenced
standards. Any questions arising as to whether the tests are being performed in
accordance with these standards, or whether an approved laboratory should be used,
will be decided by the Engineer.
03100-8

3.04 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE
A. Strength Level. The strength level of the concrete shall be considered satisfactory if both
of the following requirements are met:
1. The average of all sets of three consecutive strength tests equal or exceed the
specified fc.
2. No individual strength test (average of two cylinders) falls below required fc by
more than 500 psi
If either of the above requirements are not met, steps shall be taken immediately
to increase the average of subsequent strength test results.
If any strength test of laboratory -cured cylinders falls below required fc by more
than 500 psi, steps shall be taken to assure that load -carrying capacity of the
structure is not jeopardized.
If the likelihood of low -strength concrete is confirmed and computations indicate
that load -carrying capacity may have been significantly reduced, tests of cores
drilled from the area in questions may be required in accordance with 'Method of
Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete" (ASTM C42).
In such case, three cores shall be taken for each strength test more than 500 psi
below required fc.
If concrete in the structure will be dry under service conditions, cores shall be air
dried (temperature 60° to 80° F., relative humidity less than 60 percent) for seven
days before test and shall be tested dry. If concrete in the structure will be more
than superficially wet under service conditions, cores shall be immersed in water for
at least 4S hours and be tested wet.
Concrete in an area represented by core tests shall be considered structurally
adequate if the average of three cores is equal to at least 85 percent of fc and in
no single core is less than 75 percent of fc. To check testing accuracy, locations
represented by erratic core strengths may be retested. If these criteria are not met,
and if structural adequacy remains in doubt, the Engineer may order load tests for
the questionable portion of the structure, or take other action as he deems
necessary, including non -acceptance of the structure.
The cost of any additional testing to determine structural adequacy shall be borne
by the Contractor.
B. Field -Cured Specimens. The Engineer may require supplementary strength tests of cylinders
cured under field conditions when the adequacy of curing and protection of concrete in the
structure is in question. Field -cured cylinders shall be cured under field conditions in
accordance with Section 7.4 of "Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens
in the Field" (ASTM C31).
03100-9

Field -cured test cylinders shall be molded at the same time and from the same samples as
laboratory -cured test cylinders.
Procedures for protection and curing concrete shall be improved when strength of field -
cured cylinders at the test age designated for measuring f c is less than 85 percent of that
of companion laboratory -cured cylinders. When laboratory -cured cylinder strengths are
appreciably higher than f c, field cured cylinder strengths need not exceed fc by more than
500 psi even though the 85 percent criterion is not met
The cost of obtaining samples, transportation and testing shall be borne by the Contractor.
3.05 MIXING, PLACING AND CURING CONCRETE
A. All concrete shall be produced, mixed and delivered to the job site by a ready -mix concrete
manufacturer. The Engineer will consider site mixing of concrete at the request of the
Contractor. Concrete shall be mixed and placed as set out below.
Before concrete is placed, all equipment for mixing and transporting the concrete shall be
clean, all debris and ice shall be removed from the spaces to be occupied by the concrete,
forms shall be properly coated, masonry filler units that will be in contact with concrete
shall be well drenched, and the reinforcement shall be thoroughly clean of ice or other
deleterious coatings.
Water shall be removed from the place of deposit before concrete is placed unless a tremie
is to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.
All laitance and other unsound material shall be removed from hardened concrete before
additional concrete is placed.
1. Mixing of Concrete. All concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform
distribution of the materials and shall be discharged completely before the mixer
is recharged.
Ready -mixed concrete shall be mixed and delivered in accordance with the
requirements set forth in "Specification of Ready -Mixed Concrete" (ASTM C94).
2. Conveying. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit
by methods which will prevent segregation or loss of materials.
Conveying equipment shall be capable of providing a supply of concrete at the site
of placement without separation of ingredients and without interruptions sufficient
to permit loss of plasticity between successive increments.
C. Depositing. Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to
avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. The concreting shall be carried on at such
a rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and will readily fill the spaces between the
bars when vibrated as herein specified. No concrete that has partially hardened or been
contaminated by foreign materials shall be deposited in the structure, nor shall retempered
concrete or concrete which has been remixed after initial set be used.
03100-10

In placing, concrete shall not be allowed to drop a distance of more than six (6) feet
through free space. Tremies shall be used where the drop exceeds six feet
After concreting is started, it shall be carried on as a continuous operation until the placing
of the panel or section is completed. The top surfaces of vertically formed lifts shall be
generally level.
In no case shall any concrete be placed without an Inspector present.
Concrete placed in violation of this provision may be rejected and removal required.
All concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated by mechanical vibration during placement, and
shall be thoroughly worked around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into the
corners of the forms.
All vibration shall be internal and vibrating equipment shall be suitable to the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a sufficient number of vibrators to properly compact each
batch immediately after it is placed in the forms, and shall have in reserve at all times
sufficient vibratory equipment to guard against shutdown of the work because of the failure
of equipment in operation.
D. Curing. Concrete shall be maintained above 50° F. and in a moist condition for at least the
first seven days after placing, except that high -early -strength concrete shall be so maintained
for at least the first three days. Supplementary strength tests in accordance with Section
800-H.2 may be required to assure that curing is satisfactory.
Curing by high pressure steam, steam at atmospheric pressure, heat and moisture, or other
processes acceptable to the Engineer may be employed. Curing compounds, Visqueen, or
burdened may be used if approved by the Engineer. Accelerated curing shall provide the
compressive strength of the concrete at the load stage. The curing process shall produce
concrete with a durability at least equivalent to the varying method if steam or other
acceptable methods are not utilized.
1. Cold -Weather Requirements. Adequate equipment shall be provided for heating
concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near -freezing weather.
No frozen materials or materials containing snow or ice shall be used.
All reinforcement, forms, fillers, and ground with which the concrete is to come to
contact shall be free from snow and ice. All concrete placed informs shall have a
temperature of 50° F. or higher after placement. Adequate means shall be provided
for maintaining this temperature for three days. When high -early -strength concrete
is used, a temperature of at least 50°F. shall be maintained for two days. In either
case, additional time necessary to ensure proper curing of the concrete shall be
provided as directed by the Engineer. The housing, covering, or other protection
used in curing shall remain intact at least 24 hours after artificial heating is
discontinued. No dependence shall be placed on salt or other chemicals for the
prevention of freezing.
03100-11

2. Hot -Weather Requirements: In hot weather, suitable precautions shall be taken
to avoid drying of the concrete prior to finishing operations. Use of windbreaks,
sunshades, fog sprays, or other devices as directed by the Engineer shall be
provided.
Concrete deposited in hot weather shall not have a placing temperature that will
cause difficulty from loss of slump, flash set, or cold joints. Concrete temperature
shall be less than 90° F. unless higher temperatures are permitted by the Engineer.
3.06 FORMS
A. Forms shall conform to shapes, lines and dimensions of the members as called for on the
Plans, and shall be sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly
braced or tied together so as to maintain position and shape. Unless otherwise specified,
suitable molding or bevel strips shall be placed in the angles of forms to round or bevel the
edges of the concrete, as shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Forms shall be removed in such a manner as to ensure the complete safety of the structure.
In no case shall supporting forms or shoring be removed until members have acquired
sufficient strength to support their weight and imposed loads safely.
3.07 DEPOSITING CONCRETE UNDER WATER
A. Concrete shall not be deposited in water except with the approval of the Engineer, and
under his immediate supervision; and in this case, the method of placing shall be as
hereinafter designated.
Concrete deposited in water shall be a seal or watertight concrete. To prevent segregation,
it shall be carefully placed in a compact mass, in this final position, by means of tremie, a
bottom dump bucket or other approved method, and shall not be disturbed after being
deposited. Still water shall be maintained at the point of deposit and the forms under water
shall be watertight.
For parts of structures under water, when possible, concrete seals shall be placed
continuously from start to finish. The surface of the concrete shall be kept as nearly
horizontal as practicable at all times. To ensure thorough bonding, each succeeding layer
of seal shall be placed before the preceding layer has taken initial set.
A tremie shall consist of a tube having a diameter of not less than 10 inches, constructed
in sections having flanged couplings fitted with gaskets. The tremies shall be supported so
as to permit free movement of the discharge end over the entire top surface of the work and
so as to permit rapid lowering when necessary to retard or stop the flow of concrete. The
discharge end shall be closed at the start of work so as to prevent water entering the tube
and shall be entirely sealed at all times. The tremie tube shall be kept full to the bottom
of the hopper. When a batch is dumped into the hopper, the flow of concrete shall be
induced slightly raising the discharge end, always keeping it in the deposited concrete. The
flow shall be continuous until the work is completed.
03100-12

Depositing of concrete by the drop bottom bucket method shall conform to the following
specification. The top of the bucket shall be open. The bottom door shall open freely and
outward when tripping. The bucket shall be completely filled and slowly lowered to avoid
backwash. It shall not be dumped until it rests on the surface upon which the concrete is
to be deposited and when discharged, shall be withdrawn slowly until well above the
concrete. The slump of concrete shall be maintained between 4 and 8 inches.
Dewatering may proceed when the concrete seal is sufficiently hard and strong. All laitance
or other unsatisfactory materials shall be removed from the exposed surface by scraping,
chipping or other means which will not injure the surface of the concrete.
3.08 FALSEWORK AND CENTERING
A. Unless otherwise provided, detailed Plans for falsework or centering shall be supplied to the
Engineer on request; but, in no case shall the Contractor be relieved of responsibility for
results obtained by the use of these Plans.
For designing falsework and centering, a weight of 150 pounds per cubic foot shall be
assumed for green concrete. All falsework shall be designed and constructed to provide the
necessary rigidity and to support the loads without appreciable settlement or deformation.
The Engineer may require the Contractor to employ screw jacks or hardwood wedges to
take up any settlement in the formwork either before or during the placing of concrete.
Falsework which cannot be founded on a satisfactory footing shall be supported on piling
which shall be spaced, driven and removed in a manner approved by the -Engineer.
Falsework shall be set to give the finished structure the camber specified or indicated on
the Plans.
Arch centering shall be constructed according to centering plans approved by the Engineer.
Provision shall be made by means of suitable wedges, sand boxes or other devices for the
gradual lowering of centers, and rendering the arch self-supporting. When directed,
centering shall be placed upon approved jacks in order to take up and correct any slight
settlement which may occur after the placing has begun.
3.09 FOUNDATION I''TS AND FORMS
A. All foundation pits and forms shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to
placing any part of the structure and the methods employed in performing the work and all
equipment, tools and machinery used for handling materials and executing any part of the
work shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. All equipment, tools and machinery
used must be maintained in a satisfactory working condition.
03100-13

Forms shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions of the concrete as called for on the
Plans. All plane form surfaces shall be constructed so that the finished concrete surfaces
will be true planes, free from waves and irregularities. Lumber used in forms for exposed
surfaces shall be straight, dressed to uniform width and thickness and shall be free from
loose knots or other defects. Joints in forms shall be horizontal or vertical. For unexposed
surfaces, undressed lumber may be used. Lumber once used in forms shall have nails
withdrawn and surfaces to be in contact with the concrete thoroughly cleaned before being
used again.
Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall
be properly braced or tied together in such a manner that they will maintain their original
position and shape under the superimposed Ioads and the fluid pressure of the concrete.
If adequate foundations for shores cannot be secured, trussed supports shall be provided.
Where required by the Technical Specifications, concrete shall be poured against
waterproofed Douglas fir plywood, or waterproofed tempered hardpressed fiberboard, of a
make and quality approved by the Engineer, and installed in strict conformity to the
manufacturer's specifications. Forms used for backing up and otherwise supporting form
lining shall have a flat surface but need not be tight.
At the top of all walls or other surfaces which are to be finished to a true line, the top of
the form shall be brought to a true line and grade so that the surface may be finished by
means of a float or template resting on the top edge of the form. Forms, on one side of
the wall at least, shall not extend over horizontal construction joints.
Flat steel bars or rods, unless otherwise authorized, shall be used for internal form ties.
They shall be provided with lugs, nuts, cones or other approved devices, which will serve as
spreaders or form spacers, and the ties shall have sufficient mechanical strength, stiffness
and rigidity to hold the forms in proper position, spacing and alignment The ties shall be
of such design that the body of the wie will remain embedded in the concrete, with surfaces.
The ends of the embedded portion of the tie shall be provided with holes, corrugations,
hooks, or other approved type of mortar clinch, and these ends shall be protected from the
concrete by means of cone shaped shields of sufficient depth to provide adequate anchorage
for the cement mortar plugs which shall be placed in the holes left by these shields.
Wire form ties will be permitted only on light and unimportant work and with the approval
of the Engineer. They shall not be used through surfaces where discoloration would be
objectionable. Wire tires, where used, must not be tightened by twisting, but shall be
tightened by means of wedges placed outside the forms. No more initial stress is to be
placed in the wire tie than is necessary to remove all sack
Shores supporting successive stories shall be placed directly over those below or so
designated that the load will be transmitted directly to them. Forms shall be set to line and
grade and so constructed and fastened as to provide and maintain true lines. Special care
shall be sued to prevent bulging.
The forms for all walls should be such as to allow continuous pouring from the bottom to
the top of the wall.
03100-14

Unless otherwise specified, suitable molding or bevel strips shall be placed in the angles of
forms to round or bevel the edges of the concrete.. Bevel strips on the exposed corners of
beams and girders shall be carried to within q foot of the face of the beam support. Bevel
stirps on the exposed corners of columns shall be carried to within 1 foot of their
intersection with the edge of a beam or girder of the same width as the column. If the
column is from 2 to 6 inches wider than the largest beam or girder it supports, the bevel
strips shall extend to within 2 inches of the bottom of the girder. If the column is 6 inches
or more wider than the largest beam it supports, the bevel strips shall continue to within
1 foot of the bottom of the slab above the beam. Bevel strips on columns shall stop at a
point 16 inches above the floor. The ends of all triangle bevel strips which do not extend
the full Iength of the corners they occupy shall be cut off on an angle of 45°.
Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the inside of forms shall be coated with non-
staining paraffin oil, or other approved material, applied before the reinforcement is placed,
and all surplus oil removed from the surface of the forms by thorough wiping with soft
absorbent cloths.
Temporary opening shall be placed at the bottom of the column and wall forms, and at
other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection immediately before
depositing concrete.
Forms shall not be disturbed until the concrete has adequately hardened. Shoring shall not
be removed until the member has acquired sufficient strength to support its weight and the
load upon it. Members subject to additional loads during construction shall be adequately
shored to support both the member and construction loads in such a manner as will protect
the member from damage by the loads; this shoring shall not be removed until the member
has acquired sufficient strength to support safely its weight and the load upon it. The
following table gives the minimum time which shall elapse between the time placing the
concrete and the removal of forms at various average temperatures.
Class of Work Above 60° 50° to 60° 40° to 50° Below 40°
Walls in Mass Work 1 day 2 days 5 days Not until tests have been
made indicating concrete
is set.
Thin Walls - 12 inches 2 days 4 days 7 days
or less in thickness
Columns - if girders 3 days 5 days 10 days
are shored
Bottom forms of slabs 4 days 8 days 14 days
(5 feet or less span)
Bottom forms of beams 14 days 20 days 28 days
If high early strength cement is used, these periods may be reduced as directed by the
Engineer.
03100-15

When field operations are controlled 'by beam or cylinder tests, the removal of forms,
supports and housing, and the discontinuance of heating and curing may be begun when the
concrete is found to have a modulus of rupture of not less than 600 pounds per square inch
or a compressive strength of 3,000 less than 600 pounds per square inch or a compressive
strength of 3,000 pounds per square inch, provided further than in no case shall supports
be removed in less than seven days after pouring the concrete. The beams of cylinders shall
be cured under conditions which are not more favorable than the most unfavorable
conditions for the portion of the concrete which they represent
Form work in buildings should be so designed that the column forms may be removed
without in any way disturbing the supports of the beams or girders, in order than any defect
in the column may be detected and remedied before any load is placed on the column.
Dimensions of all forms shall be carefully checked by the Contractor and the Engineer after
they are erected and before the concrete is placed. The Contractor will be held responsible
for the accuracy of all construction.
3.10 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Construction joins shall be made only where located on the Plans or shown in the placing
schedule, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
If not detailed on the Plans, or in the case of emergency, construction joints shall be placed
as directed by the Engineer. Shear keys or inclined reinforcement shall be used where
necessary to transmit shear or bond the two sections together.
Watersiops shall be placed as shown on the Plans and shall conform to requirements
specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
3.11 HONEYCOMBING
A All concrete which, upon removal of the forms, is found to be porous or "honeycombed"
shall be immediately cut out and removed entirely from the body of the concrete. The parts
removed shall extend not less than 1 inch back of the reinforcement steel where such steel
is present in the concrete face which is being repaired, removing sound concrete, if
necessary, to obtain this depth. If reinforcement steel is not present, the parts removed
shall extend into the concrete not less than 3 inches and the opening dovetailed in such a
manner that the new concrete filling will be securely anchored. In replacing concrete so
removed, forms shall be built with a spout or hopper outside the concrete surface, which
shall be filled with fresh concrete to a point not less than 12 inches above the top of the
hole caused by removing the porous concrete.
The fresh concrete shall be properly bonded to the old concrete surfaces, as hereinbefore
specified, and shall be well puddled. The hopper shall be removed after the concrete has
hardened and within 24 hours after the concrete is placed, the excess concrete carefully cut
away, and the surface pointed and rubbed smooth. Concrete used in -replacing porous
concrete shall be protected from premature drying.
Where the structural integrity of the structure may be in question due to honeycombing, the
Engineer shall decide the appropriate action.
03100-16

3.12 FINISHING CONCRETE
A. Face forms shall be removed as soon as practicable in order to facilitate finishing the
concrete surfaces. Care shall be taken to avoid roughening or injuring corners, and to keep
all edges sharp.
Immediately after the forms are removed, any fins or other projections shall be carefully
removed, rough spots in the faces of the walls and any broken corners or edges shall be
repaired and all bolt holes shall be plugged and entirely filled with mortar containing one
part by volume of cement and two parts by volume of sand screened over a No. 8 screen.
Pointing shall be brought smooth with the surface by means of a wooden float. A steel
trowel shall not be used to finish the surface. Plastering will not be permitted
After the pointing has set sufficiently to permit it, all exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly
wetted and rubbed with a medium carborundum stone followed by a second rubbing with
a fine carborundum stone to obtain an entire surface of a smooth texture and uniformity
in color. A cement wash or plaster coat shall not be used.
Particular attention is called to the fact that the tops of all walls shall be finished true to
line and grade and shall be troweled smooth.
Floors, sidewalks, and other exposed wearing surfaces which require finishing shall be
poured against carefully set screens and troweled smooth with power operated trowels.
Excess water shall be drained away or otherwise removed. The final finish with a steel
trowel shall not be made until the cement has acquired its initial set. No more troweling
shall be done than is necessary to obtain a smooth surface. At the option of the Engineer,
the top surfaces of walks may be finished with a light broom or brush and an edging tool
instead of a trowel. Sidewalks shall be laid out in blocks with an approved grooving tool
as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Care must be taken to avoid drawing and excess of cement to the surface of floors or walks.
Dry cement or a dry mixture of cement and sand shall not be sprinkled directly on the
surface. Floors shall be marked at the direction of the Engineer. Care shall be taken that
all floor surfaces drain properly and that the grooving tool does not raise the surface of the
floor anti form nRcks which do not drain.
Floor requiring a mortar wearing coat will be so indicated on the Plans.
Alternate or additional finishing specifications may be set out elsewhere on the Plans or in
the Specifications.
END OF SECTION
03100-17

SECTION 03200
REINFORCING STEEL
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section includes providing all materials, labor, tools,
equipment and incidentals necessary for furnishing and placing all reinforcing steel of the
shape and dimension shown on the Plans and as specified. Miscellaneous metals are also
specified in this section.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 BAR REINFORCEMENT
A. Bar reinforcement for concrete shall b of the deformed type and shall conform to either of
the standards below:
1. ASTM A 615-82, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement."
2. ASTM A 617-82a, "Standard Specification for Axle -Steel Deformed and Plain Bars
for Concrete Reinforcement."
NOTE: All reinforcing bars shall be Grade 60 as defined in the above referenced standards, unless
otherwise shown on the Plans.
2.02 WELDED WIRE FABRIC
A. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, welded wire fabric shall mean smooth type welded
wire fabric conforming to the requirements of ASTM A 185, "Welded Wire Fabric for
Concrete Reinforcement." The wire used in the manufacture of the fabric shall conform
to ASTM A 82, "Cold Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement."
2.03 BAR MAT REINFORCEMENT
A. Deformed bar mat reinforcement for concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
A 184, "Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement"
2.04 STRUCTURAL SHAPES
A. Structural shapes used as reinforcement in concrete shall conform to the_requirementsof
ASTM A 6 and A 36, and to the AISC "Manual of Steel Construction" specifications.
03200-1

2.05 WIRE BAR SUPPORTS
A. Bar supports shall be wire bar supports conforming to the requirements for Class I (plastic
protected bar supports) or Class 2 (stainless steel protected bar supports) contained in the
"Manual of Standard Practice" of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 FABRICATION
A. Bent bars shall be cold bent by the fabricator to the shapes shown on the Plans, and unless
otherwise authorized by the Engineer, hooks and bends shall be made in accordance with
ACI 318, latest revision, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete."
B. Bar reinforcement shall be shipped in standard bundles, tagged and marked in accordance
with the "Manual of Standard Practice" of the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
3.02 ORDER LISTS
A. Before ordering material, all order lists and bending diagrams shall be furnished by the
Contractor for review by the Engineer, and no materials shall be ordered until such lists and
bending diagrams have been reviewed. The review of order lists and bending diagrams by
the Engineer shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for the correctness of
such lists and diagrams. Any expense incident to the revision of material furnished in
accordance with such lists and diagrams to make it comply with the design drawings shall
be borne by the Contractor. Unless otherwise noted, all dimensions relating to reinforcing
steel are to center of bars.
3.03 PLACING AND FASTENING
A. All steel reinforcement shall be accurately placed in the positions shown on the Plans and
firmly held during the placing and setting of concrete. When placed in the work, it shall
be free from dirt, detrimental rust, loose scale, paint, oil or other foreign material which
may destroy or reduce bond. Bars shall be tied at all intersections except where spacing is
less than 1 foot in each direction when alternate intersections shall be tied.
B. Distances trom the forms shall be maintained by means of approved stays, concrete blocks,
ties, hangers, or other approved supports, except that reinforcing in superstructure shall be
supported by metal chairs and bar supports. BIocks for holding reinforcement from contact
with the forms shall be precast mortar blocks or metal chairs as specified. Layers of bars
shall be separated by metal bar supports or by other equally suitable devices. The use of
pebbles, pieces of broken stone or brick, metal pipe and wooden blocks shall not be
permitted. Reinforcement in any member shall be placed and then inspected by the
Engineer before the placing of concrete begins. In no case shall concrete be placed without
an Inspector present. Concrete placed in violation of this provision may be rejected and
removal required.
C. If fabric reinforcement is shipped in rolls, it shall be straightened into flat sheet before
placing.
03200-2

D. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field bent except when specifically
permitted by the Engineer.
E. Water stops shall be furnished and placed as shown on the Plans. Where splicing is
necessary, joints shall be welded or soldered to form continuous watertight joints.
3.04 SPLICING
A. All reinforcement shall be furnished in the full lengths indicated on the Plans. Splicing of
bars, except where shown on the Plans, will not be permitted without the written approval
of the Engineer. Splices shall be staggered as far as possible. Unless otherwise shown on
the Plans, bars shall be lapped 40 diameters to make the splice. In lapped slices, the bars
shall be placed in contact and wired together in such a manner as to maintain the minimum
distance to the surface of the concrete shown on the Plans. Welding of reinforcing steel
shall be done only if detailed on the Plans or if authorization is made by the Engineer in
writing. Welding shall conform to the current specifications for Welded Highway and
Railway Bridges of the American Welding Society.
3.05 LAPPING
A. Sheets of welded wire fabric or bar mat reinforcement shall overlap each other sufficiently
to maintain a uniform strength and shall be securely fastened at the ends and edges. The
Iap shall be as shown on the Plans, but in no case Iess than one mesh in width.
3.06 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions of bars which differ in size from that shown on the Plans will be permitted
only with specific authorization by the Engineer. If steel is substituted, it shall have an area
equivalent to the design area or larger.
3.07 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT
A. When a separate bid item is included in the proposal for reinforcing steel, reinforcing steel
placed and accepted in concrete for structures will be measured in pounds based on the
total computed weight for the sizes and lengths of bars, mesh or mats as shown on the Plans
or authorized.
B. The weight of mesh will be computed from the theoretical weight of plain wire. If the
weight per square foot is given on the Plans, that weight shall be used.
03200-3

C. The weight of plain or deformed bars or bar mat will be computed from the theoretical
weight of plain round bars of the same nominal size as shown on the following table.
Size Weight Pounds
Number Round Bars la Per Foot
2 0.250" 0.167
3 0.375" 0.376
4 0.500" 0.668
5 0.625" 1.043
6 0.750" 1.502
7 0.875" 2.004
8 1.000" 2.670
9 1.128" 3.400
10 1.270" 4.303
11 1.410" 5.313
The weight of all reinforcement used in railings, when they are paid for on a linear foot
basis or included in the other bid items, shall not be included. The weight of reinforcement
in precast piles and other items where reinforcement is included in the contract price for
the item shall not be included.
D. No allowance will be made for clips, wire, separators, wire supports, and other material used
in fastening the reinforcing in place. if bars are substituted upon the Contractor's request,
and as a result, more steel is used than specified, only the amount specified shall be
included.
E. When laps are made for splices, other than those shown on the Plans, for the convenience
of the Contractor, the extra steel shall not be included.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 03300
CAST -IN -PLACE MANHOLES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 - SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to 'be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for the construction
of standard and drop cast -in -place manholes. The work shall include every item of
construction necessary for a complete and acceptable installation as shown on the Plans and
hereinafter specified. Precast, brick, masonry, or vitrified clay radial block manholes will
not be accepted for use on this project.
PART II MATERIALS
2.01 CONCRETE
A. Concrete used in the construction of standard and drop cast -in -place manholes shall be as
specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
2.02 MORTAR AND GROUT
A. Mortar and grout used in the construction of manholes shall be mixed in the proportion of
one part of Portland cement and two parts mortar sand as defined elsewhere in these
Specifications. The mixture shall be dry -mixed until it has a uniform color, after which
water shall be added or the mixing continues until the mortar has a consistency such that
it can be easily handled and spread with a trowel. Mortar or grout that has not been used
within 30 minutes after water has been added shall not be used.
2.03 MANHOLE RINGS AND LIDS
A. All castings for manhole frames, covers and other purposes must be of tough gray iron, free
from cracks, holes, swells and cold shuts, shall be of workmanlike finish, and shall conform
to the Plans. The quality shall be such that a blow from a hammer will produce an
indentation on a rectangular edge of the casting without flaking the metal. Before leaving
the foundry, all castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and subjected to a hammer inspection.
B. Manhole rings and lids shall have a combined weight of not less than 300 pounds and shall
be in accordance with the dimensions shown on the Plans. The manhole lids shall be of
solid construction without any openings of any type.
C. The manhole rings and lids shall be Neenah R-1919-1.
03300-1

PART III EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION FOR MANHOLES
A. Excavation for manholes will be made of such dimension and depth as to allow the
construction of the manhole as shown on the Plans. No extra payment shall be made for
manhole excavation, and all surface removal shall be as specified elsewhere in these
Specifications.
3.02 BASE
A. The concrete base shall have a minimum thickness of 12 inches and shall be poured on
undisturbed earth. The base shall be poured so that the top of the base is a minimum of
one -eighth of the inside diameter above the invert of all pipes entering the manhole. The
base shall have a minimum diameter of 2 feet 0 inches greater than the outside diameter
of the finished manhole barrel.
3.03 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES
A. Pipe connections to manholes are a constant source of potential trouble. In order to ensure
that pipe will not break immediately adjacent to the manhole, care shall be taken that
excavation for the manhole bottom is limited to the area to be filled with concrete. The
Contractor shall support pipe entering the manhole ALL OF THE WAY to solid bedding
by backfilling under the pipe and up to mid-springline with concrete.
3.04 INVERT
A. The invert of the manhole shall be hand -placed and shaped using concrete as specified. The
base and barrel of the manhole shall be cleaned thoroughly prior to placement of the invert.
The invert shall be shaped and smoothed so that the manhole will be self-cleaning and free
of areas where solids may be deposited as sewage flows through the manhole. The entire
diameter of each pipe entering the manhole barrel shall be cut smooth with the inside edge
of the manhole barrel and the invert shaped throughout from all inlet pipes to the outlet
pipe.
3.05 MANHOLE BARRELS
A. The barrel forms may be set as soon as the concrete base has cured enough to support the
forms. The manholes shall be of such construction that the bottom 6 feet shall be a 6 foot
0 inch diameter barrel ± 1/2 inch. The 2-1/2 feet shall be a transition from 6 foot 0 inch
diameter barrel to a 4 foot 0 inch diameter barrel ±1i2 inch. The 4 foot 0 inch diameter
barrel shall be a variable height to allow for a 2-112 foot transition from 4 foot 0 inch
diameter barrel to a 2 foot 0 inch barrel ±1/2 inch and 1 foot of 2 foot 0 inch barrel to the
bottom of the precast manhole ring. The precast manhole shall be attached by being cast
into the top of the manhole.
B. Prior to setting the forms in place, any water that may have accumulated in the excavated
area shall be pumped out and the concrete base thoroughly cleaned, if required, of dirt and
debris.
03300-2

C. Construction joints shall have a 2 inch layer of grout applied to the previous pour
immediately before the next wall lift is poured.
D. The forms shall be removed after the initial set of the concrete so that holes may be cut in
the manhole barrel for the installation of pipes which are to enter the manhole at points
other than adjacent to the manhole base. After these pipes have been put in place, the
barrel shall be repaired using a grout mixture. If honeycombing of the barrel is found to
be present after removal of the forms, they shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer.
3.06 MANHOLE STEPS
A. Manhole steps shall be vinyl coated cast iron.
3.07 MANHOLE HEIGHTS
A. Manholes are to be built to the existing ground surface unless otherwise noted on the Plans
or directed by the Engineer. Manhole rings and covers shall be cast into the top of the
manholes. Details for the construction of manholes are shown on the standard detail sheet
of the Plans.
3.08 DROP MANHOLES
A. Drop manholes, unless otherwise shown on the Plans, shall be constructed at all manholes
where the difference in invert elevation between incoming and outgoing sewer is 2.5 feet
or more. Drop manholes shall be constructed of the same material and dimensions as are
standard manholes, the only difference being in the inlet arrangements as shown on the
standard detail sheet.
3.09 CURING
A. Curing compounds or covers may be used at the option of the Contractor. However, it will
be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the concrete to prevent cracking during
the curing process and to protect the manhole during freezing temperatures. The Engineer
shall, at his discretion, prohibit pouring concrete during periods of extreme cold or
inclement weather.
3.10 BACKFILLING
A. The manhole shall be backfilled evenly around its perimeter no less than 12 hours after the
forms have been removed. Extra care shall be taken to compact all backfill to the top of
the highest pipe entering the manhole. All backfilling shall be as specified elsewhere in
these Specifications.

3.11 WATERTIGHTNESS
A. All manholes constructed shall be watertight and show no visible evidence of infiltration,
and shall be tested in accordance with this Specification. After the manhole rehabilitation,
including curing, has been completed, then the manhole shall be tested. The test shall be
conducted by the Contractor in coordination with and at the direction of the Engineer.
Manhole testing shall be accomplished by an ex filtration test. All incoming and outgoing
sewer lines shall be plugged and the manhole filled with water up to the top of the poured
concrete. If the water loss exceeds the maximum allowable as shown below, the manhole
shall have failed the test.
Depth of Manhole Maximum Allowable Water Loss
0-8 feet
Over 8 feet
1 inch over 5 minutes
1/8 gallon per vertical foot over 5 minutes
All manholes which fail the test shall be repaired or a new manhole constructed at the
expense of the Contractor.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 03400
PRECAST, PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. This section of the specifications shall consist of providing all materials, labor, equipment,
tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the completion of the precast, prestressed
structural double T-beam concrete construction and all related items as shown on the plans
and hereinafter specified.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer qualifications: The precast concrete manufacturing plant shall be certified
by the Prestressed Concrete Institute, Plant Certification Program, prior to the start of
production.
•••OR•••
The manufacturer shall, at his expense, meet the following requirements:
1. Remain an independent testing or consulting firm approved by the engineer.
2. The basis of inspection shall be the Prestressed Concrete Institute Manual for
Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete
Products, MNL-116 and Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of
Architectural Precast Concrete Products, MNL-117.
3. This firm shall inspect the precast plant at two -week intervals during production
and issue a report, certified by a registered engineer verifying that materials,
methods, products and quality control meet all the requirements of the
specifications, drawings, and MNL-116 and/or MNL-117. If the report indicates to
the contrary, the engineer, at the precaster's expense, will inspect and, at engineer's
option, may reject any or all products produced during the period of non-
compliance with the above requirements.
B. Erector qualifications: Regularly engaged for at least 5 years in the erection of precast
structural concrete similar to the requirements of this project.
C. Welder qualifications: In accordance with AWS D1.1.
D. Testing: In general compliance with testing provisions in MNL-116, Manual for Quality
Control for Plants and Production of Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products.
03400-1

E. Requirements of regulatory agencies: All local codes plus the following specifications,
standards and codes are a part of these specifications.
1. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
2. AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code - Steel.
3. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing SteeL
4. ASTM Specifications - As referred to in Part 2 - Products, or this Specification.
5. AASHTO Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Erection drawings:
a. Plans and/or elevations locating and defining all material furnished by
manufacturer.
b. Sections and details showing connections, cast -in items and their relation
to the structure.
c. Description of all loose, cast -in and field hardware.
d. Field installed anchor location drawings.
e. Erection sequences and handling requirements.
£ All dead, live and other applicable loads used in the design.
2. Productive drawings:
a. Elevation view of each member.
b. Sections and details to indicate quantities and position of reinforcing steel,
anchors, inserts, etc.
c. Lifting and erection inserts.
d. Dimensions and finishes.
e. Prestress for strand and concrete strengths.
£ Estimated combers.
g. Method of transportation.
03400-2

B. Product design criteria:
1. Loadings for design:
a. Initial handling and erection stresses.
b. Superimposed live load specified by the codes.
c. The dead load of all materials shown on the contract drawings.
d. The maximum under hung crane loading capacity (3 tons).
2. Design calculations of products not completed on the contract drawings shall be
performed by a registered engineer experienced in precast, prestressed concrete
design and submitted for approval upon request.
3. Design shall be in accordance with applicable Building codes, ACI 318, AASHTO
Standard specifications for Highway Bridges.
C. Permissible design deviations:
1. Design deviations will be permitted only after the engineer's written approval of the
manufacturer's proposed design supported by complete design calculations and
drawings.
2. Design deviations shall provide an installation equivalent to the basic intent without
incurring additional cost to the owner.
D. Test reports:
1. Reports of tests on concrete and other materials upon request.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Portland cement:
1. ASTM C150 - Type I or Ill.
B. Admixtures:
1. Air -entraining admixtures: ASTM C260.
2. Water reducing, retarding, accelerating, high range water reducing admixtures:
ASTM C494.
C. Aggregates:
1. ASTM C33 or C 330.
03400-3

D. Water.
1. Potable or free from foreign materials in amounts harmful to concrete and
embedded steel.
E. Reinforcing steel:
1. Bars:
Deformed billet -steel: ASTM A615
Deformed rail -steel: ASTM A616
Deformed axle -steel: ASTM A617
Deformed low -alloy steel: ASTM A706.
2. Wire:
Cold -drawn steel: ASTM A82
3. Wire fabric:
Welded steel: ASTM A185
Welded deformed steel: ASTM A497
F. Strand:
1. Uncoated, 7-wire, stress -relieved strand: ASTM A416 (including supplement) -
Grade 250K or 270K.
G. Anchors and inserts:
1. Materials:
a. Structural steel: ASTM A36.
2. Finish:
a. Shop primer: Manufacturer's standards.
H. Grout:
1. Non -shrink grout: Premixed, packaged non-ferrous aggregate shrink -resistant grout.
L Bearing pads:
1. Chloroprene (Neoprene): Conform to Division II, Section--25 of AASHTO
Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges.
J. Welded studs:
1. AWS D1.1.
03400-4

2.02 CONCRETE MIXES
A. 28-day compressive strength. Minimum of 3000 psi.
B. ReIease strength: Minimum of 3500 psi.
C. Use of calcium chloride, chloride ions or other salts is not permitted.
2.03 MANUFACTURE
A. Manufacturing procedures shall be in general compliance with PCI MNL -116.
B. Manufacturing tolerances shall comply with PCI MNL-116.
C. Finishes:
1. Standard underside: Resulting from casting against approved forms using good
industry practice in cleaning of forms, design of concrete mix, placing and curing.
Small surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal color variations, normal form
joint marks, and minor chips and spalls shall be tolerated, but no major or unsightly
imperfections, honeycomb, or other defects shall be permitted.
2. Standard top: Result of vibrating screed and additional hand finishing at
projections. Normal color variations, minor indentations, minor chips and spalls
shall be permitted. No major imperfections, honeycomb, or defects shall be
permitted.
3. Exposed vertical ends: Strands shall be recessed and the ends of the member shall
receive sacked finish.
D. Openings:
1. The contractor shall provide openings at stem of the T Beam for crane runway
connection. Contractor shall liaise with crane supplier for all the openings
requirement.
E. Patching:
1. Shall be acceptable providing the structural adequacy of the product and the
appearance are not impaired.
F. Fasteners:
1. Contractor shall cast in structural inserts, bolts and plates as required by the
contract drawings.
03400-5

PART III EXECUTION
3.01 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Delivery and handling:
1. Precast concrete members shall be lifted and supported during manufacturing,
stockpiling, transporting and erection operations only at the lifting or supporting
point, or both, as shown on the shop drawings, and with approved lifting devices.
Lifting inserts shall have a minimum safety factor of 4. Exterior lifting hardware
shall have a minimum safety factor of 5.
2. Transportation, site handling, and erection shall be performed with acceptable
equipment and methods, and by qualified personnel.
B. Storage:
1. Store all units off ground.
2. Place stored units so that identification marks are discernible.
3. Separate stacked members by battens across full width of each bearing point.
4. Stack so that lifting devices are accessible and undamaged
5. Do not user upper member of stacked tier as storage area for shorter member or
heavy equipment.
3.02 ERECTION
A. Site access:
1. General contractor shall be responsible for providing suitable access to the building,
proper drainage and firm, Ievel bearing for the hauling and erection equipment to
operate under their own power.
B. Prepalatioik:
1. General contractor shall be responsible for:
a. Providing true, level bearing surfaces on all field placed bearing walls and
other field placed supporting members.
b. Placement and accurate alignment of anchor bolts, plates or dowels in
column footings, grade beams and other field placed supporting members.
c. All shoring required for composite beams and slabs. Shoring shall have a
minimum load factor of 1.5 x (dead load plus construction loads).
03400-6

C. Installation:
I. Installation of precast, prestressed concrete shall be performed by the manufacturer
or a competent erector. Members shall be lifted by means of suitable lifting devices
at points provided by the manufacturer. Temporary shoring and bracing, if
necessary, shall comply with manufacturer's recommendations.
- D. Alignment:
1. Members shall be properly aligned and leveled as required by the approved shop
drawings. Variations between adjacent members shall be reasonably leveled out by
jacking, loading, or any other feasible method as recommended by the manufacturer
and acceptable to the engineer.
3.03 FIELD WELDING
A. Field welding is to be done by qualified welders using equipment and materials compatible
to the base material.
3.04 INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE
A. Final inspection and acceptance of erected precast, prestressed concrete shall be made by
the engineer.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 03500
REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE (RCP) CULVERTS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 ' SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for the construction of
reinforced concrete pipe culverts as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified.
PART II PRODUCT
2.01 MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish concrete pipe of various sizes shown on the Plans used for
culverts. The pipe shall be reinforced concrete, Class III, bell and spigot, in accordance with
the latest revision of ASTM covering RCP pipe. Joints shall be cold -applied preformed
plastic gaskets or rubber gasket joint
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 EXCAVATION
A. The subgrade for reinforced concrete pipe shall be graded to neat lines as shown ont he
Plans. Soft material shall be removed and replaced with suitable subgrade material and the
top 8 inches of the entire subgrade shall be compacted with mechanical tampers to 95
percent of standard Proctor density.
3.02 FORMING BED FOR PIPE
A. The trench shall be excavated to the required depth and to the minimum width practicable
for working conditions. The bottom of the trench shall be shaped to conform to the bottom
of the pipe to afford a uniformly firm bed. Soft or yielding material shall be removed and
replaced with selected backfill material, which shall be compacted thoroughly into place
with mechanical equipment. Where rock is encountered, the trench shall be undercut a
minimum depth of 3 inches and backfilled with suitable material, which shall be tamped
thoroughly with mechanical equipment.
B. Where pipe is not laid in a trench, a uniformly firm bed shall be made as specified above
for the bottom of the pipe.
3.03 PIPE LAYING
A. The pipe laying shall begin at the downstream end. Pipe which is not in true alignment or
which shows settlement after laying shall be taken up and relaid by the Contractor without
extra compensation.
03500-1

3.04 JOINING PIPE
A. The method of joining pipe sections shall be such that the ends are fully entered and the
inner surfaces are reasonably flush and even.
B. When cold -applied preformed plastic gasket is selected by the Contractor to be used to seal
concrete pipe joints, the following procedure shall be used. The pipe joint surface shall be
cleaned and the primer (if recommended by the manufacturer) brushed on and allowed to
dry. The protective wrapping shall be removed from one side of the rope. The rope shall
be laid strip side up on the surface of the pipe joint and the strip pressed firmly to surface
of pipe joint end -to -end continuing around the entire circumference of the joint. The
remaining protective wrapping shall be removed and pipe forced into connection until
material fills the joint space.
C. To ensure an even and well -filled joint, the final joining of the pipe shall be accomplished
by either pushing or pulling by mechanical means each joint of the pipe as it is laid in an
approved manner.
D. In cold weather, when directed, the joint material shall be warmed in a hot-water bath, or
by other approved methods, to the extent required to keep the material pliable for
placement without breaking or cracking.
3.05 BACK -FILLING
A. Backfllling around the pipe shall be with approved material, free from large lumps or clods.
The material shall be placed alongside the pipe in layers not to exceed 8 inches in depth
at near optimum moisture content and compacted with mechanical equipment to 90 percent
of standard Proctor density to the springline of the pipe both sides and as required on street
side. Cross drains and storm sewer within 3 feet of a traffic lane shall be backfilled full
depth using Gravel Base and compacted to 95 percent modified Proctor density. Special
care shall be taken to compact the fill under the haunches of the pipe. The fill shall be
brought up evenly on each side for the full length of the pipe to avoid displacement. The
berm of thoroughly compacted material on each side of the pipe shall be as side as the
outside diameter of the pipe. Pipe damaged during construction operations shall be
replaced at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
03500-2

SECTION 04100
MASONRY
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the construction
of masonry structures as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified.
PART II MATERIALS
2.01 FACE BRICK
A. Face brick shall be manufactured to meet the requirements of ASTM C216-81 for "Facing
Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)." All face brick shall be Type FBS,
Grade SW, and shall be 7-5/8 inches by 2-1/4 inches in size. With colors and patterns as
selected by the Owner.
2.02 HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. All hollow concrete masonry units shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C90 for
"Hollow Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units."
1. Walls Below Grade. For exterior masonry walls below grade, units shall conform
to the requirements of ASTM C90 for Grade N, Type 1 units and shall have a
minimum individual unit compressive strength of 800 pounds per square inch.
2. Walls Above Grade and Interior Walls. For masonry walls above grade and interior
walls, units shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C90 for Grade N, Type 1
or Type 2, and shall have a minimum individual unit compressive strength of 800
pounds per square inch.
2.03 MORTAR
A. Mortar for brickwork shall consist of one part non -staining Portland cement, one part
hydrated lime, and not more than six parts sand.
1. Non -Staining Portland Cement. Portland cement shall meet the Type I
requirements of ASTM C150, latest revision, except it shall be of a non -staining
type.
2. Hydrated Lime. Hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C207, latest
revision.
04100-1

3. Sand. Sand shall meet the mortar gravel • specifications for concrete.
4. Mixing. All mortar shall be mixed and made up in batches for the work
immediately in hand. Retempering of mortar will not be allowed.
2.04 MORTAR COLOR
A. Color, to be selected by the Engineer, shall be Stabrite as manufactured by W.R. Grace and
Company, Construction Products Division, or equaL Mortar color 'shall be mixed according
to the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.05 MORTAR WATERPROOFING
A. Mortar waterproofing shall be Hydratite Plus as manufactured by W.R. Grace and
Company, Construction Products Division, or equal. Waterproofing shall be applied in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.06 MASONRY WATERPROOFING
A. Masonry waterproofing shall be Daracone manufactured by W.R. Grace and Company,
Construction Products Division, or equal. Waterproofing shall be applied in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.07 WALL TIES
A. Cavity Walls. Wall ties shall be Dur-O-WaI truss ties, or approved equal. The truss ties
shall be galvanized steel consisting of side rods welded at 16 inch intervals to continuous
diagonal cross rods forming a truss design. Wall ties shall be either "trirod" or "double" side
rod construction as shown on the Plans. The wall ties furnished shall include prefabricated
corner and tee sections to form continuous reinforcement around corners and for anchoring
abutting walls and partitions.
B. Brick Veneer. Wall ties for brick veneer on reinforced concrete shall be hot -dipped
galvanized, attached to the block masonry or stud wall and sheathing backing, and shall
provide a brick tie on 16 inch o. c. horizontally every sixth brick course. Wall tie system for
brick venner shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and comment prior to
installation.
2.08 VERTICAL AND BOND BEAM REINFORCEMENT
A. Vertical and bond beam reinforcement shall be Grade 60 steel deformed reinforcement bars
as specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
2.09 FILLER FOR CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Vertical control and expansion joints shall be filled with neoprene wide flange "Rapid
Control" as manufactured by Dor-O-Wa1, or equal. Masonry vertical control and expansion
joints shall be provided as shown in the contract drawings.
04100-2

2.10 WALL AND FOUNDATION INSULATION
A. The space between the exterior face brick and the block walls where required by the Plans
'shall be insulated as specified. Additionally, the foundation shall be insulated as shown on
the Plans. Insulation shall be "Thermax' cavity wall insulation board as manufactured by
Celotex Corporation, with reflective foil faces on both sides. The insulation thickness shall
be 3/4 inch. All insulation shall be stored and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
2.11 CONSTRUCTION
A. Masonry construction shall include all brick, Hadite block and/or concrete block and related
items required to complete the work shown on the Plans and described in these
Specifications. In general, all masonry work shall consist of cavity exterior walls with brick
exterior.
Unless otherwise indicated, Hadite block will be used on the inside of the exterior walls and
on all interior walls as shown on the Plans.
Exterior wall construction shall in general consist of one course of brick with an air space
as shown on the Plans, insulation, and backup material of the type shown on the Plans.
It is the intent of these Specifications that all masonry work be sound, straight, true and first
class and complete in every respect. Dimensions shown on the Plans must be strictly
adhered to.
1. Approval by Engineer. The Contractor shall construct the first two brick courses
of the wall in a manner truly representative of the materials and methods of laying
to be incorporated in the work. The wall shall contain the full range of color,
texture and quality of the brick and block joint finish and workmanship of the
finished work. Upon approval of the Engineer, wall construction shall continue in
a manner consistent with the approved installation.
2. Workmanship_ Exterior masonry walls shall be built of approved facing brick
backed up with material shown in the Plans with an air space between brick facing
and backup units, the brick facing being bonded to backup units with metal anchors
as specified. Thickness of all walls shall conform to the requirements of the Plans.
All work shall be laid plumb, level and true. The work shall be maintained level
all level all around the building as far as practicable, but where necessary to run up
part of the work in advance of the remainder, the courses shall be raked back;
toothing will not be permitted.
The following specific requirements shall be closely followed.
Face brick bond shall be laid out dry on the foundation walls and adjusted before
starting work. Closures at jambs and angles, and jumping of bond will not be
permitted.
04100-3

Wetting of brick before laying shall be done in a manner consistent with the nature
of the brick, the kind of mortar used and the weather conditions, the object being
to adjust the absorption of the water from the mortar so as to obtain the proper
bond between the mortar and brick. Excessive wetting of brick during periods when
freezing may be expected shall be especially avoided.
a. Bonding and Joints. The facing brick veneer on all exterior walls shall be
Iaid in straight running bond and soldier courses or offsets as shown on the
Plans all in straight level courses, plumb, true and securely anchored to
back up blocks, concrete or metal stud walls with metal anchors, with an
air space between face brick and insulation, as shown on the Plans. Metal
wall ties as specified shall be used on every sixth course of brick, and for
every second course of hollow masonry units.
The wall cavity as shown on the Plans is to be kept clear of mortar at all
times. This shall be accomplished by laying strips of wood or form board
over air spaces while installing subsequent courses of brick, lifting strips
and mortar drippings before the next course of wall ties are laid. Excess
mortar at tile joints shall be purged as directed.
Joints shall not be less than 3/8 inch nor more than 1/2 inch wide but shall
be uniform except that head joints may vary slightly in widths as may be
necessary to adjust the bond and eliminate closures. As the brick or blocks
are laid, the mortar shall be cut flush with the surface with the edge of the
trowel. The mortar shall remain in this condition until it has taken a
moderate set; the elapsed time will vary, dependent upon the exact nature
of the brick and mortar and upon weather conditions. Exterior brick joints
shall be uniformly and cleanly raked to a depth of 3/8 inch. Inside concrete
block joints shall be firmly tooled with a round iron, taking the head joints
first and then the bed joints.
At the time of jointing, all nail and other surface holes shall be carefully
filled. This shall be done in such a manner as to thoroughly compact the
mortar. The surface shall then be lightly brushed with burlap to removed
irregular projections of mortar and loose particles.
Special note is to be taken that all inside joints shall be particularly firm
rodded so as to eliminate moisture absorption to the fullest extent.
Bed joints shall be completed filled with mortar. Vertical joints shall be
completely filled with mortar. In laying mortar for bed joints, furrowing
will not be permitted. The entire end of each unit shall be buttered for
head joints.
Where caulking is required, the joints and spaces shall be completely filled
with mortar and then raked out with a 'V' shaped tool to a depth of not
less than 1/2 inch.
04100-4

b. Weep Holes. At the floor slab or just above finished grade, weep holes
shall be provided as shown or directed in the exterior 4 inches of the brick
wall. These weep holes shall be formed by laying 1R inch round dowels in
the mortar joints about 2 feet on center entirely around the exterior wall
of the building. These dowels shall extend through the outside 4 inches of
brickwork and shall be removed before mortar has set hard. Flashing shall
be built to direct any water through these weep holes to the outside of the
wall.
c. Wall Ties. Prefabricated or job fabricated corner and tee sections shall be
used to form continuous reinforcement around corners, and for anchoring
abutting walls a partitions. Material in corner and tee sections shall
correspond to type and design of reinforcement used.
Unless otherwise noted on the Plans, masonry walls shall be reinforced
with Dur-O-WaI wall ties. Reinforcement shall be installed in the first and
second bed joints, 8 inches apart immediately above lintels and below sills
at openings and in bed joints at 16 inch vertical intervals elsewhere.
Reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below openings shall
extend 2 feet beyond the jambs. All other reinforcement shall be
continuous except that it shall not pass through vertical masonry control
joints. Side rods shall be lapped at least 6 inches at splices.
Reinforcement shall be so placed as to assure a 5/8 inch mortar cover on
the exterior face of walls and 1/2 inch mortar cover on interior faces.
Vertical reinforcing as shown on the Plans shall be anchored in the
foundation and placed in cavities filled with concrete. Forty (40) diameter
laps shall be provided at splices.
3. Built -In Items. All flashings where required shall be constructed in a substantial
and workmanshiplike manner. Flashing shall penetrate masonry walls not less than
I-112 inches. Built-in door frames, window frames, and all other items to be
incorporated in the masonry work shall be installed as masonry work is laid.
Built-in pipe sleeves, pipe and conduits or other trade items as required for
installation shall be installed as masonry work is laid.
The Contractor shall consult all trades in advance and make provisions for the
installation of their work without the necessity of cutting and patching as far as
possible.
The Contractor shall do necessary cutting and patching with sufficient care to
prevent damage to structural stability, appearance and weather resistance. Extreme
care shall be used not to damage the structural strength or weather resistance of
the walls.
04100-5

4. Protection of Masonry and Cleaning. The top of walls and partitions shall be
covered at the end of each day's work using waterproof reinforced paper or canvas
weighted down. No masonry shall be laid during freezing weather unless approved
adequate means are employed to prevent freezing of the work; nor shall masonry
be laid when it may be reasonably anticipated that freezing will occur with eight
hours unless provisions for protection are employed. All work shall be protected
against mechanical injury as may be necessary.
On completion of the masonry work, all exposed masonry surfaces shall be
thoroughly cleaned down and mortar joints pointed to leave the work in a condition
acceptable to the Engineer. Cleaning and pointing shall be started at the tip and
worked down. Cleaning shall be done with fiber brushed using soap powder boiled
in water; the Contractor may, at his option, subject to the approval of the Engineer,
use diluted muriatic acid if adequate precautions are taken to protect metal and
other parts against injury by acid. Excess mortar stains shall be removed and the
entire surfaces rinsed with clean water.
Defective mortar joints shall be cut out when necessary, and the crevices filled solid
with mortar and tooled as specified.
5. Caulking and Sealing. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials to
complete all caulking and all moisture and water protection not covered in other
sections of the Specifications. These items shall generally include caulking,
waterproofing or sealing all window frames, louver frames, door frames, window
walls, entrances, window sills, door saddles, thresholds, control and closure joints
as detailed or required. Additionally, areas around all fixtures, reglets and flashing
shall be sealed.
Unless otherwise specified, the caulk, sealant, or mastic shall be approved by the
Engineer, and shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. TESTING
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer prior to delivery of materials, the manufacturer's
affidavit stating that all materials conform to the requirements of these Specifications, and that all
tests specified herein have been performed and that all test requirements have been met
END OF SECTION

SECTION 05100
STRUCTURAL S 1'r t+:L
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the completion
of structural steel and related items as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified. The
structural steel shall consist of roof trusses, trolley and support beams, columns, bearing and
base plates, bolts, anchors, framing and bridging angles and channels, and steel masonry
lintels necessary for constructions of the project.
PART II APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND CODES
2.01
A. All materials and work shall conform to the requirements of standards, codes and
recommended practices required in Part 5 of "Manual of Steel Construction," latest edition,
as published by American Institute of Steel Construction. In conflicts between industry
standards, required standards, and this Specification, or this Specification and the local code,
the more stringent requirement as interpreted by the Engineer shall govern.
PART III MATERIALS
3.01 MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish the following specified materials as shown on the plans for
work under this specification.
1. Structural Steel. Structural steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A36
or ASTM A440. Fabrication shall be in accord with Part 5 of "Manual for Steel
Cow truction,' latest edition, by AISC.
Horizontal bridging with an 1/r ratio of not more than 200, in the plane of the
bottom chord, shall be installed approximately at the third points of the truss span
and fastened to the walls at each end with drilled masonry anchors.
All structural steel except items to be embedded in concrete, shall be prepared by
Commercial Blast Cleaning, SSPC-SP-6, and then coated with a standard shop coat
of red oxide paint, 1.7 mil dry thickness.
2. Bolts. Nuts and Washers. Bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to the
requirements of ASTM 307 and ASTM 325.
05100-1

3. Welding Electrodes. Welding electrodes shall conform to the requirements of AWS
A5.1 and A5.5.
4. Drilled Masonry and Concrete Anchors. Drilled anchors shall conform to the
requirements of General Services Administration Federal Specification FFS 325,
Group II, Type 4, Class I, as manufactured by Hilti, Inc. of Tulsa, Oklahoma.
PART_ IV EXECUTION
4.01
A. All fabrication and erection of structural steel and accessories shall be as shown in the Plans
in accord with Part 5 of the "Manual of Steel Construction, latest edition, by AISC.
All bolts, plates or anchors shall be set by template in the proper location as shown on the
Plans.
All structural steel shall be erected, plumb and to the lines and elevations shown on the
Plans, and all connections properly completed before execution of other trades requiring
attachment to the structural frame.
PART V TESTING
5.01
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer, prior to delivery of materials, the
manufacturer's affidavit stating that all materials conform to the requirements of these
Specifications, and that all tests specified herein have been performed and that all test
requirements have been met.
END OF SECTION
05100-2

SECTION 07100
ROOF WATER PROOFING SYSTEM
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the specification shall consist of providing all
material, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the completion of
a complete weatherproof, watertight roofing system and related items as shown on the plans
and hereinafter specified. All materials delivered shall be in original, unopened, clearly
labelled containers.
PART II PRODUCT
2.01 MATERIAL
A. The roofing system shall be ballasted membrane system consisting of insulation, nailers,
roofing membrane, flashing, adhesives, sealants, stone ballast, accessories and appurtenances.
The roofing membrane shall be Carlisle Tire and Rubber Company 'Sure -Seal", Firestone
Industrial Products Company "Rubberguard', GTR Building Products Company "GenFlex
ACR", or equal.
1. Nailers shall be installed at the perimeter of the entire roof and around roof
projections and penetrations. Nailers shall be of rubber and/or treated wood. wood
shall be #2 or better lumber and "Wolmanized" or pressure treated for fire and rot
resistance. Creosote and asphaltic preservatives are not acceptable. Nailers shall
be firmly anchored to the deck to resist a force of 75 pounds per lineal foot in any
direction. With wood nailers, the total height of the nailer shall equal the thickness
of the insulation. Vent spaces shall be provided between lengths of nailers.
2. Insulation shall be 2 inch thick extruded closed cell polystrene foam insulation
board with a maximum K factor of 0.185 Btuh/s.f; °F per inch at 40°F, an average
moisture vapor transmission rate of 0.6 - 0.7 per inch, an average compressive
strength of not less than 20 psi at 0.1 inch deformation and water absorption of less
than 0.01% by volume. The insulation boards shall be Styrofoam SM as
manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, Foamular as manufactured by UC
Industries, or equal, and shall be laid loosely onto the roof deck. Tapered
insulation shall be provided where required to provide the roof slope as shown.
Spots of cold adhesive may be used to facilitate handling in winds. The insulation
shall be neatly cut to fit around all nailers, roof penetrations and projections with
no gaps greater than 1/4 inch. No unit having defects shall be installed. In no
event shall more insulation be placed on the surface to be roaled than can be
covered with roofing membrane prior to the onset of inclement weather, or
termination of the day's work. Insulation shall be protected from water at all
temporary terminations during installation by a suitable water cut-off and/or water
dam.
07100-1

3. The roofing membrane shall be minimum 0.045 inch thick of Ethylene Propylene
Diene Monomer (EPDM) compounded, homogeneous eleastomer conforming to
the following minimum physical properties:
Property
Specific Gravity
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Tear Resistance, Die C
Shore A Hardness •
(5 Second Reading)
Ozone Resistance
Heat Aging (Accelerated)
Brittleness Temperature
Water Absorption
Test Method Specification
ASTM D297
ASTM D412
ASTM D412
ASTM D624
ASTM D2240
ASTM D1149
7 days/100 pphm/
104°F, 50% Extension
ASTM D573, 7 days/240°F
Tensile
Elongation
ASTM D746
ASTM D471
7 days @ 158°F
1.18 ± .03
1300 psi, Min.
300% Min.
125 lb.rm., Min.
60 ± 10
No Cracks
1200 psi, Min.
210%, Min.
-67°F
±2%,Max.
The membrane shall be furnished in the largest size sheet possible, as determined
by job conditions. Seams shall be provided with two independent seals formed by
solvent cementing and sealing the lap edge. All seams shall be cemented and
sealed the same day.
4. Membrane termination on the parapet walls shall be in accordance with the
manufacturers standard details and shall include a reglet, sealant and required
rubber rod.
5. Flashing shall be installed at all intersections of the roof with sloped or vertical
surfaces, roof interruptions and penetrations. flashing shall be 0.060 inch thick
uncured Neoprene rubber and shall be furnished by the membrane manufacturer.
Pipe flashings may be of molded EPDM. Pitch pocket type seals shall be provided
for clusters of pipes and unusual shaped penetrations.
6. The stone ballast shall consist of a layer of washed, round and smooth stone loose
laid over the membrane at a rate of not less than 10 pounds per square foot. Only
smooth gravel shall be acceptable. No crushed stone shall be included, except for
limited natural fracture. Stone size shall be nominal 3/4 inch to 1 1/2 inch, with
exact gradation in accordance with the requirements of the membrane manufacturer
using ASTM C136 method of sizing.
2.02 PARAPET DRAINS
A. Parapet drains shall be of cast iron, with threaded outlet and secured cast iron grate and
flashing ring. Units shall be Wade W-3273, and shall be complete with required 3 inch pipe
from the drain to the downspout leader head. Pipe shall be corrosion resistant.
07100-2

2.03 DOWNSPOUTS
A. Downspouts shall be minimum 23 gauge aluminum and shall be complete with leader heads
as shown. Downspouts shall have a factory applied 204 R1 clear anodized finish.
Downspouts shall be held in place by minimum 1 inch wide flat stock of the same material
as the downspouts. Joints shall be riveted. Downspouts shall discharge onto precast
concrete splash pads provided herewith.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 TESTING
A. Upon completion of the installation, an inspection shall be made by a representative of the
membrane manufacturer to determine that the membrane roofing system has been properly
installed. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all corrections required by the
membrane manufacturer for issuance of the following warranty.
3.02 WARRANTY
A. A warranty shall be provided to the Owner stating that the membrane roofing system is free
of defects in workmanship and materials and will remain in a watertight condition for 10
years from the date of the final inspection and acceptance by the membrane manufacturer.
During the warranty period, Teaks caused by failure of the roofing membrane or other
failure of the roofing system shall be repaired at no cost to the Owner, with the obligation
over the life of the warranty not to exceed the original installed cost of the complete
roofing system.
END OF SECTION
07100-3

SECTION 08100
METAL DOORS & FRAMES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 • SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specification shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidents necessary for the installation
of metal doors in building walls, as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified.
PART II MATERIALS
2.01 DOORS AND FRAMES
A. General
The Contractor shall furnish materials for doors which comply with the requirements of the
Steel Door Institute Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames
SDI-100, and as herein specified. Doors and frames shall be manufactured by Ceco
Corporation, or equal.
2.02 DOORS
A. Exterior Flush
Exterior flush doors shall be Ceco A, 1-3/4 inch thick 20 gauge cold rolled steel exterior
doors with polystyrene cores having a heat transmission coefficient (U) factor of ).068.
Doors shall be mortised for 4-12 inch template hinges and prepared for hardware in
accordance with ANSI 115.1, Government 86-4 Series mortise lock set.
B. Interior Flush
Interior flush doors shall be Ceco A, 1-3/4 inch thick 20 gauge cold rolled steel exterior
doors. doors shall be mortised for 4-1/2 inch template hinges and prepared for hardware
in accordance with ANSI 115.1, Government Series 161 lock sets.
2.03 FRAMES
A. All door frames shall be Ceco CF, 16 gauge steel frames. All frames shall be furnished
knocked down. Mitered corners shall have reinforcements with integral tabs for secure
interlocking of joints to head. Frames shall have a 2 inch face, 12 inch integral steps, and
a 5-3/4 inch jamb depth. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all frames shall have a
double rabbet profile. Heads will be as shown on the Plans.
08100-1

Hinge jambs shall be mortised for 4-1,2 inch template hinges as required, and lock jams
prepared in accordance with ASNI 115.1. The hollow metal frames shall receive three
silencers on the strike jamb of single swing frames. Provide steel plaster guards or mortar
boxes, welded to the frame at the back of hardware cutouts.
All door frames shall have adjustable floor anchors to set flush or up to, 2 inches below the
finished floor. Adjustments shall be in increments of 1/16 inch with a permanent locking
feature.
2.04 DOOR AND FRAME REINFORCING
A. Prepare hollow metal doors and frames to receive hardware as per approved hardware
drawings. Reinforce doors and frames to receive finish hardware (hinges, strike plates,
knobs and locking devices, closers, etc.) to be field applied.
2.05 BONDERIZING AND SHOP PAINTING
A. All doors and frames shall be bonderized and all exposed surfaces shall receive on shop coat
of the manufacturer's baked -on, rust -inhibiting primer.
2.06 MASONRY TIES
A. The jamb shall be tied to the wall as set out on the Plans using adjustable wire anchors for
masonry or metal studs as supplied by the manufacturer.
2.07 FINISH HARDWARE
A. Finish hardware shall be as called out on the door schedule on the Plans. If hardware for
any particular door is not listed or described, it shall be furnished, and shall be as specified
for similar locations. Hardware shall be as follows.
Locate finish hardware as indicated, or if not indicated, as per NBHA "Recommended
Locations for Builders' Hardware".
1. Hinges. Hinges shall be 4-1/2 inches x 4-1/2 inches standard weight template hinges
with US26D satin chrome finish, pairs as required. Hinges for exterior doors shall
have four (4) ball bearings; interior doors shall have two (2) ball bearings.
2. Cylinder Locks and Latch Sets. Russwin Division Stilemaker or equal, with Ashford
knobs, or equal, and ASA strikes in US26D finish. All locks shall be keyed in
accordance with the door schedule.
3. Closers. Russwin Division Series 9120, or equal, sized to conform to manufacturer's
recommendations.
4. Weatherstripping and Thresholds. All exterior doors —are to receive
weatherstripping and threshold, Southern Metals, or equal. Weatherstrip A173, or
equal, by door size all around. Threshold A208 with A118, or equal, by door size.
08100-2

S. Exit and Panic Devices. Russwin Division 737D Series, or equal, US26D finish,
Ashford knobs.
6. Glazing. Glazing shall be 1/2 inch or 3/4 inch sealed insulated glass.
7. Schedule. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval
six (copies of the complete schedule of all finish hardware required. The schedule
shall follow the requirements of the Specifications, indicating types, manufacturer's
name, number, location, and finish of each item required. Approval of schedule
will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for furnishing all necessary
hardware.
9. Samales. Submit such samples of all finish hardware as may be required.
2.08 CAULK
A. Caulk shall be Hornseal One -Component High Solids Elastomeric Caulk as manufactured
by W.R. Grace and Company, Construction Products Division.
2.09 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and specifications for doors and door frames to
the Engineer for approval prior to! beginning fabrication. Such submittals shall indicate
details of the door and frame construction, as well as where the door is to be installed.
2.10 MORTAR BACKG~ILL
A. Mortar shall be as specified elsewhere in these Specifications.
PART III EXECUTION
A. Doors and door frames shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
and final shop drawings. Fit doors to frames and flow with clearances specified in SDI-100.
Frames and doors which are bent or sprung out of line prior to installation will not be
approved and will be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
1. Packing. Marking and Installation of Hardware. Each item of hardware shall be
packaged in individual containers, complete with all items necessary for installation.
Each container shall be marked with the item number corresponding to the number
on the Contractor's hardware schedule. All items shall be stored to protect the
finish. All hardware shall be installed by workers skilled in that type of work and
in accordance with the hardware manufacturer's recommendations.
08100-3

2. Mortar Backfill. All frames shall be backfilled with mortar, as shown on the Plans.
3. Caulking. Doors and frames shall be caulked at the intersection of the wall and
frame both inside and outside, as shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineer.
4. Painting. The door shall be painted as specified elsewhere in these specifications.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 08300
ROLLING SERVICE DOORS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of all labor,
materials, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for furnishing rolling service
doors complete and operating in place as shown on the Plans and as herein specified.
PART II MATERIALS
2.01 BLOWER BUILDING
A. Rolling service doors for the blower building shall be rolling service doors Model No. FNI
with C187 type slats (20 GA) as manufactured by Overhead Door Corporation or equal.
Operation shall have electrical operator. All doors shall be weather stripped as
recommended by the manufacturer. Doors shall be equipped with a pin tumbler lock
mechanism.
B. Brackets shall be of G-90 galvanized steel plate and support the barrel, hood and
counterbalance on ball bearings. Hood and curtain shall be of the same type material. All
ferrous surfaces shall be G-90 galvanized surfaces.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 DOOR INSTALLATION
A. The doors shall be installed and erected in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and by its authorized representatives.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 09900
PAINTING - BUILDINGS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies, and incidentals necessary for painting all new
work as specified or shown on the Plans.
B. The object of these Specifications is to provide the material and workmanship necessary to
produce a first-class job. Painting shall be done at such times as the Contractor and
Engineer may agree upon in order that dust -free and neat work be obtained. All painting
shall be done strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and shall be
performed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. The paints and the paint products of Koppers Company, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, and
Olympic Stain, Bellevue, Washington mentioned in the following Specifications are set up
as standards of quality. The usual "or equal" clause shall apply. Request for substitution
shall contain the full name of each product, descriptive literature, directions for use, and its
generic type. Submittals to the Engineer of satisfactory data cataloging past performance
of the alternate paint for similar installations shall be made by the Contractor.
1. Items to be Painted. In general, all new work is to be pained. This painting
includes the painting of all ferrous metals not underground, and painting of interior
walls and ceilings of concrete. Exposed surfaces of aluminum, stainless steel, nickel
or chromium, galvanized surfaces shall not be painted.
2. Paints and Primers. All work shall be primed and painted as set out below.
a. Cinder Block. The interior of all cinder block buildings shall be painted
with the following materials.
Sealant: 1 coat Koppers Concrete and Masonry Filler.
Finish Coat(sl: 2 coats Glamorglaze Epoxy.

b. Steel Doors and Frames. All exposed surfaces of steel doors and steel door
frames shall be painted with the.following materials. (Exterior of sectional
overhead doors will not require field painting.)
Field Primer: As required, Koppers Pug Primer.
Finish Coat(s): Exterior Doors: 2 coats Glamortex 501 Enamel.
Interior Doors: 2 coats Ponkote 300 Enamel or
2 coats Glamortex 501 Enamel
c. Concrete. The ceiling(s) of structures having concrete roofs or exposed
cement fiber decks shall be prepared and painted as follows. Concrete
floors will not be painted.
Prime Coat:
Finish Coat:
1 coat Glamorglaze Epoxy Flat thinned 10 to 20
percent with Koppers Thinner, 10,000 Brush Type.
1 coat Glamorglaze Epoxy Flat.
d. Ferrous Metals Above Grade. Exposed ferrous metals above grade,
including exposed trusses, shall be painted as follows. (Trusses concealed
by suspended ceilings shall receive one coat of Koppers Pug Primer over
the shop prime.)
Field Primer: As required, Koppers Pug Primer.
Finish Coat(s): 2 coats Glamortex 501 Enamel.
e. Wood.
1) Exterior. All exposed exterior surfaces of wood construction shall
be stained with the following materials.
Finish Coat(s): 2 coats Olympic Semi -Transparent or
Solid Color Oil Stain with type and color as directed by
the Engineer.
2) Interior. All exposed interior surfaces of wood construction except
wood doors and trim shall be painted with the following materials.
Sealant: 1 coat Glamortex 501 Enamel thinned with
Koppers 4000 thinner.
Finish Cost(sl: 2 coats GIamortex 501 Enamel.
Wood doors and trim shall be stained and finished with two coats
of polyurethane approved by the Engineer.

B. Paint shall be applied in amounts and mil thickness in accordance with the manufacturer's
specifications. If material has thickened or must be diluted for application by spray gun, the
coating shall be built up to the same film thickness achieved with undiluted material.
C. Where touching up is necessary, the painter shall wait until the paint has dried thoroughly,
as rebrushing over a partly set film leads to streaking and shadowing.
D. Spray painting will be allowed, when the type of paint specified and the job are adaptable
to spray painting. However, care must be taken that spray equipment is designed for the
work to be done.
E. Particular attention is called to the fact that spray application of paint to metal edges does
not generally result in paint of a thickness required for its protection. Therefore, wherever
spray is applied to metal edges, the edges shall be touched up with a brush.
END OF SECTION

1-01660
'(sT?re S'T)
Iauiuug 105 xaisouI9 sieoa Z
Is TM S'i)
lommig I05 xa ioureiO sleoa Z :s.Ioop;n° :(s)1eo3 gsnzT3
'OLP Z) dJ'I ZZ9 siaddox `pannbai sy ::zauzud PIasd
:sioopul
:sn%oRo; se paiured aq Rugs lauiud
anptq qus iszu jo woo Azoiae3 a gist% Limn; aq; uzol; pauddns
naaq aneq ga?1I^% 'afa `sSurpunq apzsas sSupig pne sang& 'Suzdzd
(1
•SSur;;t3 Pug saAIeA `&Uidld •e
n%oiaq ino ias se pauged pus paunud aq Rugs 4i0t% fre 'magic; pue siupsa
•paiured
aq Ion nags umauoiga io p p u `jams ssaju is 'umunanle ;o saoujins pasodxg
•puno1aapun iou smug pue sanien `$ujdid paw Re ;o Suquied aq; sapnpuc
Suriured s •pa;used aq o; sr aot% tnau Re 'Ieiauag uI: Tamed aq of small
'Z
'T
•ao;aeriuoO ag; Aq apeuz aq Hugs saapeleisus
Ju s .ro; ;tiled afetuaise agi;o aauetuio;iad ised gajop;iea eaep koiaejspes Jo iaaui ug
alp of s[eprregn$ auauaS sir pus `asn ioj suorlaanp 'ainieiaiq angduosap 'unpaid
gam ;o aureu Rzg aqi ureiuoa Regs uopzupsgns io; )sanbag •Aidde Regs asnup junba
ioa Iensn auZ • (j nb;o spzupmns se do ;as are suopeagpadg guunojo; alp us panopuata
'eiuenl4(suuad Vinqsuki "mg ' (uudwoo szaddo}I jo s;anpoid cured .aqi pue scup d au
v
s-iviu ,LVN TO'Z
SLX1UO2id II..UIVd
•laauiug alp of £(zo;ae;spes mama e, us pauuo;iad
aq Rugs pue soot;azuistn mainpujnusuz aq; girt% aauepioaae ut ituauis auop aq ;jugs
bus;urea IIy •paureigo aq ;eau pue aag-fsnp ;etp iapio ui uodn aal2e Amu iaau fug
pae Rnouuncrj aqi se sataq Bans ie auop aq Regs gupased •qof ssela-isig a aanpond
of A(Iessaaau drqsnuurpom .pus Ieuafem ag; aprnoid of sr suopeagpads asag;;o pafgo agy
•saeid aq; 110 UMOgs Io pagpads SE 52111p;g pue sanien `�aidid
Re gupuced io; A.ressaaau sjuluappul pus satjddns 'goo; `ivan drnba 'iogsi `sjupaisa< Re
Sazputoid;o ;MUM Begs suopeogpadS agi;o uopaas szgi 'nun papnpus aq of Mott otu
.g
V
S3UI1'I3M NOLLOHS 101
IV2I3N29 I .1.21Vd
SONI.L1J3 (INV S3ATVA'JNIL Id/ONI.LNIVd
0I660 NOuoas

2) Piping, valves and fittings which have been supplied from the
factory without a factory coat of rust inhibitive primer shall be
painted as follows:
Piping, valves and fittings, etc. (interior or exterior) are to
be blasted to SP-10, Near White, and are to receive
Koppers 622 LCF, 2 mils, followed by two finish coats of
Koppers Glamortex 501, at 1.5 mil dry thickness per coat.
b. Piping, Valves and Fittings in Pits. Piping in pits below ground, soil pipe
exposed to view, vertical pump columns and discharge piping are to be
blasted to SP-10, Near White, and then receive two coats of Bitumastic
300-M, 8 mils dry thickness each coat. All other cast iron pipe below water
level is not to be painted.
c. Galvanized Pine. Degrease with solvent (Koppers 2000) followed by No.
40 Passivator, Koppers Pug Primer, and two coats Glamortex 501 Enamel,
at 1.5 mils dry per coat. There shall be 24 hours minimum between coats.
3. Color Coding and Labeling. All piping for which label designations have been
required shall be Iabeled with permanent, self -sticking labels, Brady "Perma-Code
Pipe Markers", or Sexton "Setmark". The labels shall have block letters
approximately 3/4 inch high and shall bear the titles set forth above. A label and
an arrow indicating the direction of flow shall be provided at each valve, at every
point of entry and exit where pipe lines pass through walls or floors, at each branch
or tee, and at intervals of not more than 50 feet in straight runs of pipe.
4. Paint Color. Colors not specified or indicated on the Plans shall be as selected by
the Engineer.
5. Thinners. Where thinning is necessary, only the products of the manufacturer
furnishing the paint, and for the particular purpose, shall be allowed and all such
thinning shall be done strictly in accordance with approval of the Engineer. The
painter shall not employ thinners in fibrated bituminous coatings, since such
thinners destroy the materials, but instead shall dilute these coatings with only those
reducers which the manufacturer offers for the purpose.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE PREPARATION AND CLEANING
A. All surfaces are to be prepared in a workmanlike manner with the object of obtaining a
smooth, clean and dry surface free from cracks or ridges, etc. No painting shall be done
before the prepared surfaces are approved by the Engineer. The following surface
preparation specifications are to be used as a guide.
B. Particular attention is called to the fact that surfaces to be painted shall not be blasted with
oversize sand or grit. All blasting shall be done at reasonable velocity, and surfaces shall
be left smooth and clean.
09910-2

C. All blasted surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust by wiping or air cleaning. All
blasted surfaces must be painted immediately after cleaning, and in no instance shall blasted
surfaces be left unprimed overnight. When using fine blasting grit around machinery, the
work must be performed with great caution to prevent grit from blowing into bearings and
operating machinery and thereby causing great damage.
D. Except where specified conditions require blasting to white metal, all sandblasting on metal
shall be by commercial blast cleaning.
END OF SECTION
09910-3

SECTION 11200
WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILTIY PIPING,
FITTINGS, VALVES AND APPURTENANCES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for furnishing and
installing all plant piping, fittings, valves, fire hydrants and other appurtenances of the type
requires as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified.
PART II MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Piping for special purposes shall be as noted on the Plans or as specified elsewhere in these
Specifications. Sewer and process piping, except as noted otherwise, shall be ductile iron
pipe.
B. Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings with Mechanical Type Joints. Unless
otherwise shown on the Plans or specified, pipe and pipe fittings furnished on this project
for exterior piping shall be ductile iron, with mechanical type joints. Flanged pipe or pipe
fittings shall be used as indicated on the Plans, and shall be in conformance to paragraph
C of this Specification.
1. Ductile Iron Pipe. All ductile iron pipe furnished with mechanical type joints shall
conform to the requirements of "Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal
Molds or Sand -Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids", AWWA Standard C151,
latest revision, and shall be thickness Class 50, unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
When a heavier thickness class is required, a notation is shown on the Plans to
indicate the heavier thickness class and the area in which it is to be used. The
manufacturer shall check the profile for depth of bury, and shall furnish pipe of a
heavier class in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50, latest revision, if
required.
2. Ductile Iran Pipe Fittings. All fittings shall be ductile iron fittings and shall
conform to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, or compact fittings
conforming to the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 (3 inch through 12
inch), latest revision, for "Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3-Inch Through 48
Inch, for Water and Other Liquids". All fittings shall have a minimum pressure
rating of 250 pounds per square inch unless otherwise shown on the Plans.
11200 Page 1

3. Ductile Iron Pipe Joints. Alt ductile iron pipe and ductile iron pipe fittings with
mechanical type joints shall have rubber gasket joints in conformance with "Rubber
Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray -iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings",
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11, latest revision.
4. Restrained Joints. Where shown on the Plans, restrained "Lok-Fast" mechanical
joints shall be provided as manufactured by American Cast Iron Pipe Company or
by United States Pipe and Foundry Company.
C. Ductile Iron Pipe and Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings with Flanged Type Joints. Where shown
on the Plans, the Contractor shall furnish and install flanged ductile iron pipe and flanged
ductile iron fittings in accordance with the following specifications.
1. Ductile Iron Pipe. All flanged pipe furnished on this project shall be ductile iron
pipe in conformance with the requirements for "Flanged Cast Iron and Ductile Iron
Pipe with Threaded Flanges", AWWA C115, latest revision, and to the applicable
requirements of AWWA C151, latest revision. The pipe shall have a minimum
rated pressure of 250 pounds per square inch. All flanged ductile iron pipe shall
be thickness Class 53.
2. Ductile Iron Pipe Fittings. All flanged fittings shall be ductile iron fittings in
conformance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10, latest revision,
and Appendix B of said standard. All fittings shall have facing and drilling which
match AWWA C115 threaded -on flanges and shall have a minimum pressure rating
of 250 pounds per square inch. Compact fittings in conformance with the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53, latest revision, may also be used.
3. Bolts and Gaskets for Flanged Pipe and Pipe Fittings. Bolts and gaskets shall meet
the requirements of AWWA C115 and C110, latest revisions. Gaskets shaII be
rubber, 1/8 inch thick, full face.
4. Pipe Bosses. Bosses shall be provided on pipe as shown on the Plans. Where the
working pressure shown is less than or equal to 200 pounds per square inch, the
bosses shall be foundry fabricated and be faced and tapped with AWWA C110
flange connections. Where the working pressure shown exceeds 200 pounds per
square inch, the bosses shall be foundry fabricated and be faced and tapped for
ANSI B16.1, Class 250 flange connections.
D. Outside Coating. All ductile iron pipe shall have either a bituminous exterior coating, or
shall be delivered to the site factory cleaned and primed as set out below.
1. Factory Primed Pipe. Unless otherwise shown on the Plans, all exposed pipe and
fittings within the limits of structure walls or all pipe exposed above ground shall
be delivered to the job site factory blasted, cleaned and primed with one coat of
Koppers Pug Primer, or approved equal.
11200 Page 2

2. Bituminous Coating. All pipe and fittings indicated for buried service shall have
a bituminous coating approximately 1 mil. thick. The coating shall be factory
applied to the outside of all pipe and fittings. The finished coating shall be
continuous, smooth, neither brittle when exposed to the cold nor sticky when
exposed to the sun, and shall be strongly adherent to the pipe or fitting.
E. PoIvethylene Encasement.
1. General. All buried ductile iron pipe, fittings and valves shall be encased with
polyethylene.
2. Polyethylene Encasement. Polyethylene shall be in conformance to ANSI/AWWA
C501, latest revision. The polyethylene file shall have a minimum nominal
thickness of .008 inch (8 mils), and shall be provided in either flat tube or sheet
form, at the option of the Contractor.
Polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105,
latest revision, for either Method A, B, or C installation. The encasement shall be
protected from prolonged exposure to the sunlight to prevent deterioration of the
polyethylene film.
F. Galvanized Steel Pipe and Fittings.
1. Galvanized Steel Pipe. Threaded fitting pipe as shown on the Plans shall be
unlined Schedule 80 steel pipe and shall conform with the requirements of ASTM
A120-82, latest revision, and be galvanized in accordance with ASTM Specification
A90-81, latest revision.
2. Galvanized Steel Pipe Fittings. Threaded fittings for galvanized pipe shall be
galvanized in conformance with ASTM Specification A90-81, latest revision.
G. Steel Pipe and Fittings. Steel pipe, where required on the Plans, shall conform to the
requirements of AWWA C200, latest revisions. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C208,
latest revisions. All field welding of steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA
C206, latest revisions.
H. Gate Valves. All gate valves 4 inches and larger shall conform to the specifications as
AWWA C500. They shall have cast iron bodies and flanged, push -on or mechanical joint
ends as shown on the Plans or specified herein, and shall be fully bronze mounted. All
valves shall be designed for not less than 150 pounds working pressures. Where shown on
the Plans, outside, stem and yoke valves of the size indicated shall be provided.
All buried valves shall be equipped with valve boxes consisting of base, extension and cover.
All valves with greater than 6 foot bury shall be equipped with a permanent stem, extending
to ground level with operating nut.
All valves smaller than 4 inches in size shall be iron bodied, fully brass or bronze mounted
valves of the type specified on the Plans and shall be designed for a steam pressure of 125
pounds per square inch.
11200 Page 3 •

Small valves not available in the iron body type may be of all brass or bronze construction.
All valves to which the valve wheel would not be easily accessible shall be fitted with
extension stems and handwheels of sufficient size to permit easy operation under specified
conditions. Extension stems shall be of cold -rolled steel of ample size and shall be provided
with threaded and keyed couplings of an approved type. Valve boxes on this project shall
be similar in weight and design to Mueller Company, Catalog No. H-10360, Size 564-S; or
Clow Company, Catalog No. F2450, Size B.
Valves used on fire hydrant leads or otherwise indicated on the Plans shall be equipped with
restrained mechanical joints.
I. Valve Boxes. All buried valves shall be equipped with a cast iron valve box of a size to fit
the appropriate valve. The lids of the boxes shall be plain. Depth of bury will vary; so
extensions shall be provided as necessary.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 UNDERGROUND PIPE, FITTING, VALVE AND APPURTENANCE INSTALLATION
A. General. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish all material, equipment,
tools and labor necessary to do the work required under this contract and unload, haul and
distribute all pipe, castings, fittings, valves, hydrants, and excavate the trenches and pits to
the required dimensions; excavate the bell holes; sheet, brace and support the adjoining
ground or structures where necessary; handle all drainage or ground water; provide
barricades, guards and warning lights; lay and test the pipe, castings, fittings, valves,
hydrants, and backfill compaction; remove surplus excavated material; and clean the site.
1. Alignment and Grade. The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines
and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants, and other appurtenances, at the
required Iocations, spigots centered in bells, and all valve and hydrant stems plumb.
2. Trench Excavation. The trench shall be excavated so that the pipe can be Iaid to
the alignment and depth required. The trench shall be so braced and drained that
the workmen may work therein safely and efficiently. It is essential that the
discharge of any trench dewatering pumps be conducted to natural drainage
channels, drains or storm sewers.
3. Trench Width. The excavated pipe line trench shall not exceed the width as shown
on the standard detail sheet of the Plans at any point from the trench bottom to a
point 12 inches above the top of the pipe barrel.
If the Contractor overexcavates the trench, he shall provide additional pipe bedding
gravel or concrete as necessary to prevent crushing of the pipe due to excessive
earth loads. All additional bedding material or concrete requiredshall be furnished
at the Contractor's expense.
11200 Page 4

4. Trench Length. The Engineer shall have the right to limit the amount of trench
excavated in advance of laying the pipe. In general, such excavation shall not
exceed 300 feet, and trench excavated to grade shall not exceed 150 feet.
Every trench in rock shall be fully opened at least 50 feet in advance of the place
where pipe is being Iaid.
5. Pipe Bedding. After .the trench has been excavated as set out above, the pipe shall
have a bed prepared according to the type of area through which construction is
proceeding. The cost of any Gravel Base gravel used as pipe bedding or backfill
shall be included in the bid.
a. Pipe Bedding. The pipe shall be bedded in Gravel Base gravel from a
point 4 inches below the bottom of the pipe barrel to the pipe springline
by the full width of the excavated ditch. All overexcavation below the pipe
shall be backpilled with pipe bedding material at the Contractor's expense.
The additional material required will be placed in 8 inch lifts and
thoroughly tamped. This procedure will be repeated until the established
grade has been reached. All pipe bedding shall be tamped so as to provide
uniform and continuous bearing support for the pipe at every point along
the pipe barrel.
b. Pipe Backfill (Driving Surfaces, Curb and Gutter, Etc.) Where the pipe
line excavation is within the limits of or crossing curb and gutter of driving
surfaces, including the top of pipe, paved and unpaved roads, driveways or
parking Iots, and within 24 inches of the finished grade, the backfill
material shall be Gravel Base.
All overexcavation below the pipe shall be backfilled with pipe bedding
material at the Contractor's expense. The additional material required will
be placed in 8 inch lifts and thoroughly tamped. This procedure will be
repeated until the established grade has been reached. All pipe bedding
shall be tamped so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing support
of the pipe at every point along the pipe barrel.
6. Excavation in Poor Soil and Refilling to Grade. Where the bottom of the trench
at subgrade is found to be unstable or to include ashes, cinders, all types of refuse,
vegetable or other organic materials, or large pieces of fragments of inorganic
material which in the judgement of the Engineer should be removed, the Contractor
shall excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth ordered
by the Engineer. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade shall be made by backfiiling
with trench backfill gravel in 8 inch uncompacted layers. The layers shall be hand
or machine tamped as directed by the Engineer so as to provide a uniform and
continuous bearing and support for the pipe at all points along the pipe Iength.
Note: No extra payment will be made for the excavation or backfill of undercut
areas.
11200 Page 5

11200
7. Bracing and Shoring. The sides of any excavation, when deemed necessary, shall
be properly supported with bracing, shoring or sheeting as the need may be. such
bracing and shoring shall be withdrawn as the work progresses. In case the
excavation is close enough to buildings or other foundations as to endanger their
stability by the removing of such bracings, then. they shall bemade secure and left
inplace, and the pipe line trench backfilled thoroughly tamped with the bracing in
place. The Contractor will not be paid for such bracing, sheeting, or shoring
whether it is withdrawn or Ieft in the trench.
8. Removal of Water and Muck. The Contractor shall provide sufficient pumps and
other necessary equipment to keep the trench free of water which may accumulate.
If the bottom of the trench becomes soft and muddy, the Contractor shall remove
all such soft material and replace it with dry loam, sand, or crushed bedding gravel
at his own expense. Under no conditions will the pipe line be laid in a trench that
has not been properly dewatered.
9. Deviations Occasioned by Other Structures. Whenever obstructions not shown on
the Plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an
extent that an alteration in the plan is required, the Engineer shall have the
authority to change the Plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or
arrange with the owners of the structures for the removal, relocation or
reconstruction of the obstruction.
10. Concrete Reaction Backing. All pipe fittings in pipe lines operating under pressure
shall have concrete reaction backing. Backing shall be placed between solid ground
and the fitting to be anchored. The area of bearing on .the pipe shall be that shown
on the detail sheet of the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. The backing shall,
unless otherwise shown or directed, be so placed that the pipe and fitting joints will
be accessible for repair. All fittings shall be wrapped with Visqueen prior to the
placement of reaction backing.
11. Concrete Pipe Cover. If shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by the Engineer,
concrete cover shall be placed over the top of the pipe line to the dimensions
shown on the Plans. Where in the opinion of the Engineer additional concrete
cover is required, it shall be provided and installed by the Contractor.
12. Concrete Encasement. If shown on the Plans or otherwise directed by the
Engineer, the pipe line shall be encased in concrete to the dimensions shown on the
Plans. Where in the opinion of the Engineer additional encasement is required, it
shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. Pipe joints shall not be encased
for a distance of 2 feet either side of the joint.
B. Pipe Installation.
1. Ductile Iron Pipe. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be installed in conformance
with the requirements of AWWA C600, latest revision, and these Specifications.
Page 6

2. Testing.
a. General. This section describes testing for various pipe materials and sizes
used throughout the plant site. The manufacturer's test procedures shall
supplement those outlined herein.
All pipe, except road culverts, shall be tested except as waived by the
Owner.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide the necessary
outlets for testing pipeline. Outlets shall consist of a galvanized fitting
fabricated integrally with the pipe, having iron pipe threads, and a
corporation cock, which shall be Mueller No. H5025, or approved equal.
The Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment and Iabor
required for testing. Any needed repairs or retesting shall be done by the
Contractor at his expense.
Underground pipe shall not be tested until is has been backfilled. Exposed
pipe shall not be tested until it has been completely installed and
restrained.
b. Sewer Line Testing. Sewer lines may be tested with water, using a
procedure which allows observation of exfiltration leakage.
Each pipeline form water surface to water surface or pump to water
surface shall be tested at one time. The line shall be filled with water and
allowed to stand for such time as is required for the pipe to absorb such
water as it .will and for the escape of all air from the line. During the
filling of the line, care shall be exercised to see that all air vents are open.
All bulkheads, valves, manholes and connections in the system undergoing
test shall be carefully examined for leakage. All known leaks shall be
stopped regardless of these test requirements.
The test shall consist of raising and holding the hydrostatic pressure in the
tem. section to 120 percent of the working pressure of the design pressure
of the pipe in the case of force mains or pressurized service lines, or to a
pressure surcharge of 5 feet of water above peak hydraulic gradient
pressure in the case of gravity flow lines. Such test pressure shall be
maintained for a period of four hours, during which time the water pumped
into the line to maintain the test pressure or water level shall be accurately
measured in a manner satisfactory to the Owner.
The test shall be considered successful if leakage is less than 25 gallon/inch
diameter/mile length/day, or such other leakage rate as is -approved by the
Owner.
11200 Page 7

c. Air Piping. All air piping shall be air tested at a test pressure equal to 200
percent of the maximum working pressure. Any system components which
might be damaged by the increased test pressure shall be valved off from
the system during the test Air piping shall show a maximum of 2 psi
pressure drop for a test period of 30 minutes.
d. Cost of Testing. The cost of testing shall be included in the bid.
C. Valve Installation.
1. Valves. All valves shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans or at the
direction of the Engineer, and shall be installed in accordance with the detail sheet
of the Plans and these Specifications.
2. Valve Boxes. A valve box as specified shall be provided for each valve used in a
buried service application. The valve box shall be installed so as not to transmit
shock or stress to the valve. The valve box shall be centered and plumb over the
operating nut of the valve with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished
pavement or such level as directed by the Engineer. The valve box shall be
backfilled evenly around its perimeter with select material. The material shall be
hand tamped so that the ground will not settle after placement of the concrete
collar.
3. Valve Box Collar. All valve box lids shall have a 2 foot square concrete collar
placed around them. The collar shall be centered on the valve box lid and shall be
6 inches thick. The top of the pad shall be flush with the top of the box and the
surrounding ground or roadway surface. Valve box collars shall not be constructed
until every item of cleanup has been completed. Six (6) inches of compacted gravel
base shall be installed under all valve box collars. Cost of gravel base shall be
included in other pay items as noted for pipe bedding.
END OF SECTION
11200 Page 8

SECTION 11280
SLIDE GATES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The Contractor shall provide and install aluminum slide gates of the type and at the
Iocation shown on the Plans. Installation shall be such that a watertight fit is obtained.
Aluminum slide gates, frames and accessories shall be as manufactured by Rodney Hunt,
Armco, or Waterman Industries.
1.02 SLIDE DISC
A. The sliding disc shall be aluminum plate with aluminum structural reinforcing members as
required for the individual head conditions. The disc shall have a resilient seal mounted on
the lower edge for flush bottom closure to seal effectively.
1.03 OPERATORS
A. Manually operated lifting mechanisms shall be provided as indicated on the Plans.
1.04 STEMS
A. The stems provided shall be Type 303 or 304 stainless steel of suitable length and ample
strength for the intended service. The stem diameter shall be capable of withstanding twice
the rated output of the operator at 40 pound pull, and shall be supported such that L/r ratio
for the unsupported part of the stem shall not exceed 200.
1.05 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. All necessary attaching bolts and anchor bolts shall be stainless steel.
1.06 INSTALLATION
A. The installation of all slide gate parts shall be done in a workmanlike manner and in
accordance with the recommendations and the detailed installation procedures supplied by
the manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
11280 Page 1

SECTION 11300
SLUDGE RECIRCULATION PUMPS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the installation
of duplex self -priming centrifugal pumps as shown on the Plans and hereinafter specified.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. The Contractor shall furnish materials and equipment as follows.
1. Pumps. Pumps shall be Crown Model Acoad, Size 10" x 10", self priming
centrifugal, 50 HP, 1150 rpm. to meet the following typical conditions when
operating singly.
Typical
Conditions T.D.H. Capacity Minimum
One Pump) (Feet) (GPM) Efficiency
Normal 64 2500 80%
The pumps shall be complete, including all piping, valves and checks, relief valves
and controls, hardware, starters and controls.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawing for the Engineer's review prior to manufacture.
3.02 VIBRATION TESTING
A. The pump supplier shall also engage a qualified vibration testing service to check the
vibration during pumping operations and to certify that vibration does not exceed 4 mils at
any location on the pump discharge head and at any Location on the motor.
11300-1

3.02 PERFORMANCE TESTING
A. Prior to shipment of the pumps, the manufacturer shall complete pumping performance
tests and furnish to the Engineer non -witnessed performance test curves which indicate the
flows versus the T.D.H. along with the specified operating points and efficiencies indicated
thereon.
B. After installation, the pump manufacturer's representative shall be present during testing.
If the pumps supplied are found to be deficient in performance, the Contractor and the
supplier shall make such changes and adjustments as are required to furnish pumps meeting
the Specifications.
END OF SECTION

SECTION 13240
AERATION EQUIPMENT
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Under this item, the Equipment Manufacturer shall furnish fine flexible bubble membrane
diffused aeration equipment for installation in 4 (existing) tanks, each 120' long x 60' wide
x 14' SWD. The aeration system shall be arranged with 2 drop grid(s) per tank.
B. The air diffusion system shall consist of fine flexible bubble membrane disc diffusers and
associated piping. The equipment shall include diffusers, piping, pipe supports, anchor bolts,
and other related appurtenances required for the proper installation and operation of the
aeration system.
C. All equipment furnished under this section shall be supplied by a single manufacturer
qualified in the design, manufacture, and successful operation of fine bubble flexible
membrane disc aeration systems.
D. The diffused aeration system shall be installed in accordance with all approved trade
practices and manufacturers recommendation.
1.02 SUBMITTAL
A. The contractor shall submit with the bid a complete fine flexible bubble membrane disc
diffusers aeration system designs based on the design parameters including:
1. System layout, diffuser materials of construction, manifold piping materials, method
of connection and quantity of supports, anchors and expansion/contraction fittings.
2. Full scale clean water oxygen transfer efficiency test report shall be provided. Test
data shall be generated in accordance with ASCE's July 1984 publication: Standard
for the Measurement of Oxygen Transfer in Clean Water. The method used for
data analysis shall be the non -linear regression method. Test report shall include
data for the specific diffuser depth, density, and air rates, as required to meet the
design criteria as specified herein. Test report shall be complete with data tables
and oxygen transfer curves verifying conformance to project performance with the
standard oxygen transfer efficiency required to meet each of the minimum, average,
and maximum design conditions as specified herein. If test data of this type cannot
be provided, manufacturer shall perform a full scale clean water test in accordance
with the requirements as stated above and prior to equipment approval.
13240 Page 1

3. ReguIar membrane flexing is an in -situ method for cleaning membrane diffusers
which reduces biofouling, alleviates the need for manual cleaning, and maintains
consistent process aeration efficiency. The manufacturer shall submit test data
verifying that the transfer efficiency can be maintained within 10% of a new
diffuser after 1 year of service in dirty water conditions. Tests shall be conducted
in dirty water using the off -gas method described in °Oxygen transfer efficiency
measurements in mixed liquor using off -gas techniques' by D. Redmon, W.C. Boyle,
and L Ewing in Journal WPCF Vol. 55, No. 11, 1983.
1.05 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Number of basin = 4
B. Size of basin = 120 ft x 60 ft x 14 ft SWD
C. Air flow rate/basin = 2600 SCFM
D. Operating temperature = 20°C
E. Alpha = 0.55
F. Beta = 0.95
G. Minimum 0.0 in basin = 2 ml/L
H. Diffuser submergence = 13'-6°
I. Each diffuser shall be designed to operate at mid -range air flow rate.
1.06 PIPINGS
A. Droplet and submerged lateral air manifold shall be stainless steel as shown on Drawings.
B. Distribution header shall be PVC Schedule 80 pipings.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
A. Stainless Steel Pipe
1. All stainless steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A 269, Grade TP 304 and shaII be
Schedule 40, unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings. Fittings for
stainless steel pipe shall be stainless steel threaded type.
13240 Page 2

2 Stainless steel pipe used for low pressure (25 psig maximum) process air and alum
piping shall conform to the following requirements.
a. Pipe: Fabricate all welded parts and assemblies from sheets and plates of
304L stainless steel with a 2B finish conforming to AISI 304L and ASTM
A240-78a. Fabricate non -welded parts and pieces from sheets and plates
of 304L stainless steel conforming to AISI 304L and ASTM 240-78a.
Fabricate all piping per ASTM A778-80.
b. Fittings: Fabricate all welded parts and assemblies from sheets and plates
of 304L stainless steel with a 2B finish conforming to AISI 304L and
ASTM A240-78a. Fabricate non -welded parts and pieces from sheets and
plates of 304L stainless steel conforming to AISI 304L and ASTM A240-
78a. Fabricate all fittings per ASTM A774-80.
c. Welding: Perform all welding at the factory using inert gas shielded arc
plasma, MIG or TIG weld procedures, and welders qualified to ASME
Section IX. Field welding will not be permitted. Add filler wire to all
welds to provide for a cross section equal to or greater than the parent
metal. Fully penetrate butt welds to the interior surface and provide gas
shielding to interior and exterior of the joint. Interior weld beads shall be
smooth, evenly distributed with an interior projection not exceeding 1/16
inch. Continuously weld both sides of .all angle face rings, to minimize
crevice corrosion. Grind flush all welds on gasketed surfaces.
d. Joints
1.) Provide an expansion contraction system for the air piping
designed for a temperature differential of 168 degrees F.
Expansion joints shall be of flanged gland packing design suitable
for operation at 300 degrees F.
2.) Provide flanged connections between sections of air main that will
transmit longitudinal loads. Furnish gaskets between flanged
surfaces with an elastomer compound capable of service to 300
degrees F.
e. Supports
1.) Provide guide supports at intervals not to exceed 20 feet. Guide
supports shall have a bearing surface contoured to fit at least the
bottom 90 degrees of the air main.
2.) Provide thrust supports designed to be field adjusted and capable
of restraining loads generated by air movement, expansion, or
hydraulic forces.
13240 Page 3

Corrosion Protection and Cleaning: All stainless steel materials are to be
cleaned and passivated after fabrication as follows:
1.) Wire brush weld areas to remove oxides and any other tenacious
foreign materiaL Use stainless steel brushes only.
2.) Remove all grease and oil from surfaces.
3.) Pickle in a nitric -hydrofluoric solution until slight etching is
evident.
4.) Neutralize by rinsing with fresh water.
g. Connections: Connect pipe sections using 150 pound ductile iron follower
rings and rolled angle 304L stainless steel face rings.
h. Hardware: Furnish all nuts, bolts, and washers including anchor bolts in
18-8 series stainless steel.
B. PVC Piping
1. The distribution piping shall be uPVC, conforming to ASTM D-3034, with a
maximum SDR of 30.5, hydrostatic design stress rating of 2000 psi. Wall thickness
shall not be less than 0.1381'. Piping shall be ultraviolet stabilized with TiO2
Header section lengths shall not exceed 20'. All connections between pipe sections,
pipe and fittings, or fittings, shall be expansion type couplings allowing for thermal
expansion over a range of 120°F.
2. For support and strength, all tube diffuser connections shall attach at the invert of
the air distribution header. A specially designed, high strength coupling connection
shall be used for diffuser mounting. To counter the potential of cross threading
and breakage, tube diffuser nipples shall be type 316 stainless steeL
3. Distribution pipe shall be provided with factory installed, high strength, glass
reinforced PVC mounting diffuser holders. Laboratory test data shall be provided
;hc'.if that the disc diffuser assembly, which includes manufacturer's holder,
di„"�ar amount and PVC header pipe can achieve a minimum of 1.0 million cycles
with a constant 185 in. -lb. peripheral bending load when rotated at a minimum of
100 rpm. Air shall be constantly discharged through the assembly at a design flow
rate at a minimum temperature of 120°F throughout the test. Field installation of
mounting saddles shall not be acceptable. Distribution piping furnished with
factory installed holders shall be shipped crated to prevent damage during shipment
and storage.
4. Distribution piping should be cleaned prior to leaving the factory and should be
shipped to the job site with protective end caps to prevent debris from collecting
in the pipe.
5. Expansion end plugs, which can be removed for cleaning, shall be used at the end
of each air header. Solvent weld end caps are not acceptable.
13240 Page 4

C. Pipe Supports
1. Provide Type 304 stainless steel pipe supports for lateral pipes and manifold pipes
designed to support 10 times the calculated uplift force.
2. Provide supports at 6' maximum spacing.
3. Provide for vertical adjustment and horizontal adjustment.
D. Diffusers
1. Diffuser membrane shall be EPDM . elastomeric material with an ultraviolet
inhibitor and compounds designed for resistance to chemical attack, weathering and
aging. Data shall be provided to show the types of chemicals the membrane is
resistant to. The membrane shall be fastened to the holder with a type 316
stainless steel clamp band with stainless steel hardware.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION AND START-UP
A. The quality of all materials, the process of fabrications, and the finished products shall be
subject to inspection and review by the Engineer.
B. Prior to being installed, each component of the aeration system shall be carefully inspected,
and those not meeting the specifications shall be rejected and at once removed from the
work.
C. The design, fabrication and installation of the entire aeration system shall be such that all
diffusers connected to the headers installed in all tanks shall be leveled to within 3/8 inch
of a common horizontal plane.
D. Installation instructions prepared by the equipment manufacturer shall be used.
3.02 INSTALLATION, OPERATIONS, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Installation, Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall contain as a minimum the following
items:
1. Equipment Data Sheets
2. Installation Instructions
3. PIant Operation and Instructions
4. Shipping Lists and Installation Drawings
13240 Page 5

1.03 PERFORMANCE REVIEW AND REFERENCES
A. The manufacturer of the system shall have been providing fine flexible bubble membrane
disc diffusers aeration systems or a minimum of 5 years and provide a list of at Least 10
operating system similar to the proposed system. The systems provided shall have been in
continuous operation for at least 1 year.
1.04 SELECTION CRITERIA
A. The Engineer will review each system submitted with respect to price, product and
performance and make a recommendation to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
13240 Page 6

SECTION 14600
ELECTRIC OVERHEAD CRANE
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work to be included under this section of the Specifications shall consist of providing
all materials, labor, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary for the installation
of trolley hoists as shown on the Plans and as hereinafter specified.
B. It may also include testing of equipment after installation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall be in business for at least seven years, having successfully designed and
built several installations of similar scope and shall be an active member of the Crane
Manufacturers Association of America (CMAA).
B. Manufacturer shall be responsible for providing equipment of highest quality and
workmanship which will perform specified functions reliably and safely and shall permit
require maintenance procedures with minimum interference of service or degradation of
reliability.
1.03 DRAWINGS
A. Manufacturers' drawings shall be submitted for approval in at least two copies. Drawings
shall include the following information:
1. Outline and clearance dimensions
2. Crane data
3. OveralI arrangement, maximum wheel load and shipping weight
4. Layout and detail of runway conductor system.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
The Contractor shall furnish an under -running electrical crane with accessories as manufactured by
Mannesmann Demag Corporation.
14600 Page 1

A Crane Description
1. Crane shall be model EDKE, 3 ton capacity, 35' - 0" Span, and the crane speed of
56 ft/min.
2. Trolley shall be model ED and the trolley speed of 56 ft/min.
3. Hoist shall be model PLV1684/1, the hoist speed of 16 ft/min., on a sliding bridge.
4. All motor shall be 230/460 Volts, 3 phase, 60 hertz.
2.02 RUNWAY ELECTRIFICATION
A. The runway conductor system shall be sized and installed in accordance with all applicable
codes and specifications.
B. The runway conductor shall be supplied with cranes for each crane runway, consisting of
a totally enclosed insulation, utilizing conductors for three phases with one extra conductor
used for grounding the equipment. The conductors shall have sufficient capacity to carry
the required current to the crane (or cranes), when operated at rated Ioad and speed.
C. The fused main line disconnect switch and electrical power feed shall be according to
requirements of the National Electric Code and will be provided by an electrical contractor.
Electrical power conduit shall be run to within 3 ft. distance from designated crane runway.
PART III CRANE SPECIFICATION
2.03 CRANE BRIDGE
A. Girder
1. Girders shall be designed to resist all vertical, horizontal and torsional forces.
Girders may be manufactured from structural shapes or weldments made from
structural shapes or steel plates. All steel shall conform to ASTM A36
Specification or be of equivalent quality.
2. Due consideration shall be taken to include local bending stress caused by wheel
loads on lower girder flange.
3. Maximum allowable vertical deflection produced by the weight of the hoist and
rated load shall no exceed 1/600 of the crane span. Impact shall not be considered
in determining deflection.
B. Endtrucks
1. Endtrucks shall be constructed of structural steel providing -a- rigid structure.
Design should allow easy wheel removal and exchange. Wheels shall be supported
by anti -friction bearings with a minimum B-10 life as required by crane
classification.
14600 Page 2

2. Endtrucks shall be fitted with shock absorbing bumpers, capable of accelerating and
stopping the crane within the limits stated by OSHA and CMAA.
C. Wheels
1.
2.
Wheels shall be rolled or forged steel, or cast of iron or steel, or of other suitable
material as specified by Manufacturer.
Wheels may be single -flanged or flangless. Running tread shall match the running
surface of the lower girder flange.
3. When flangless wheels and side roller assemblies are provided, they shall be of a
type and design recommended by the crane manufacturer.
D. Crane Drive
1. Horizontal bridge drives shall be either of the arrangement using geared wheel and
pinion or using the friction wheel design. Totally enclosed motor and fully enclosed
gearing shall be used.
2. Acceleration and deceleration rate must be as constant as possible and shall not be
measurably affected by variation of live load or by location of live load on bridge
span. Motors shall have Class "F` insulation and shall be protected by means of
thermal sensors embedded in windings.
2.04 HOIST
A. Hoist motor and braking system
1. Hoist motor shall develop sufficient power to lift the rated load at the specified
speed. Motor windings shall have Class F insulation. Motor shall be rated for the
number of starts per hour expected in the application and for duty cycle (on -time
vs. off -time). Ratings such as "30 minute" or "60 minute" shall not be accepted as
they do not represent testing criteria which simulate hoisting service.
2. Motor shall not be mounted inside the hoist drum except in HMI Class H1
applications due to insufficient heat dissipation and difficulty of maintenance.
3. All motors shall be protected from overheating by thermal protectors imbedded in
the windings. Motors less than 5 HP shall be of the totally enclosed, fan cooled or
non -ventilated type. Motors of 5 HP or greater shall be of the totally enclosed, fan
cooled type.
4. The hoist holding brake shall be an electrically opened, mechanically closed unit.
It may be of the shoe brake, disc brake or conical brake type having a minimum
torque rating of 150% or motor full load torque. Control braking means may be
mechanical or electrical and shall be capable of maintaining controlled lowering
speed with 120% of rated lifting speed. For lifts greater than 25 feet of for higher
duty classifications than HMI H3, electrical lowering control is required. Brake
material shall not contain asbestos.
14600 Page 3

B. Gearing
1. Motor torque shall be transmitted to the reduction gear through a flexible coupling
to dampen load peaks. All gears shall be ground and hardened and shall operate
in an oil bath. Gear lubricant shall be synthetic and shall not require replacement
for the normal life of the hoist.
C. Rope Drum
1. Rope drum shall be of welded construction, machine grooved to a minimum depth
of 0.375 times the rope diameter. Drum shall be supported at each end by sealed
antifriction bearings. Drum shall be driven by a central, splined shaft.
D. Rope & Drum Guide
1. The hoisting rope shall be of proper design and construction for hoist service. The
rated capacity load divided by the number of parts of rope shall not exceed 20% of
the breaking strength of the rope.
2. Hoist reeving shall be single of double as appropriate to the application. Double
reeving ("true vertical lift") shall not required except in applications where lateral
hook travel must be less than 0.1 inch per foot of vertical hook travel.
3. To assure positive winding of rope on the drum and to prevent rope overlapping
and potentially dangerous groove peak contact, a hoisting rope guide shall be
employed. Double wrapping of rope shall not be permitted.
E. Bottom Block
1. Bottom block shall have a totally enclosed housing fabricated of steel. The rope
sheaves shall be supported on anti -friction bearings and the hook shall be forged
of steel and supported on an anti -friction thrust bearing. Hook shall be equipped
with heavy spring safety latch.
F. Limit Switch
1. Hoist shall be equipped with a geared upper and lower limit switch. This switch
shall be adjustable to set the extreme upper and lower limits of hook travel.
2.05 TROLLEY
A. Trolleys shall have wheels according to Section 3.01 paragraph C wherever applicable and
shall be powered by a high slip squirrel cage motor and shall have a brake. Motor class "F'
insulation and shall be protected by heat sensors embedded in windings.
14600 Page 4

2.06 ELECTRIFICATION AND CONTROLS
A. Electrification across bridge for power to hoist trolley and control of all motions shall
consist of highly flexible type neoprene covered flat -section cable suspended from smooth
running enclosed track system.
B. Control of crane hoist and trolley motions shall be by means of magnetic contactors
mounted in control enclosures. Enclosures shall be selected to meet the service
requirements of the application. Minimum enclosure classification shall be water tight and
dust resistant.
C. Control voltage shall be isolated from the main power supply by a transformer and shall not
exceed 120 volts.
2.07 PUSHBUTTON STATION
A. Control of crane shall be by means of high impact, abrasion -resistant pushbotton station.
The pushbotton station should be mounted from a smoothly operating track system running
along the girder, and should be arranged in close accordance with the applicable paragraphs
of CMAA Spec. 70.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 PAINTING
A. All structural parts shall be cleaned of rust and millscaie. The complete crane shall be
given the appropriate number of coats of anti -corrosion primer and finish paint to protect
surface from environmental damage.
B. Type of paint and color of final coat shall be according to manufacturer's standard.
3.02 LUBRICATION
A. All gear boxes, bearings, etc. shall be properly lubricated prior to shipment from factory.
Lifetime lubricated bearings shall be used where possible and appropriate.
3.03 SHIPPING
A. Cranes may be shipped disassembled in the following sub assemblies:
1. Bridge girders
2. Hoist -trolley, endtrucks with drives
3. Tagline electrification
Unloading and installation, unless otherwise specified, shall be by others.
14600 Page 5

3.04 ALIGMENT OF RUNWAY AND CRANE RAIL
A. Contractor is responsible to check alignment of crane runway and crane rail If tolerances
are not within CMAA requirements, alignment should be accomplished before crane
installation.
3.05 RUNWAYS AND RUNWAY STOPS
A. Runway beams and runway beam stops shall be provided by crane manufacturer and shall
be located at the limits of bridge travel.
3.06 QUALITY AND SPARE PARTS
A. The supplier of this material handling equipment shall be a member of the Crane
Manufacturers Association of America (CMAA).
B. To properly serve the crane user's need of after sales service and spare parts, the
manufacturer shall have local availability of service and spare parts.
END OF SECTION
14600 Page 6

SECTION 15880
AIR BLOWERS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 EQUIPMENT
A. There shall be installed four size "A" and one size "B" rotary positive displacement blowers
of the two -lobe involute type design, complete with accessories as described.
1. Air BIower - Size "A"
Each blower shall deliver 3440 SCFM of free air when operating at 1779 RPM and
against 10 psig discharge pressure.
a. Impeller casing shall be strongly ribbed to prevent case distortion when
operating at rated pressures.
Impellers shall be close grain ductile iron strongly ribbed internally. They
shall be static and dynamically balanced. Impellers shall be machined on
all exterior surfaces for operating at close clearances. They shall be
attached on the gear end to the machined forged alloy steel shafts by an
integrally forged flange. Shafts shall be of one piece design to pass
completely through the impellers in order to support the impellers
properly. They shall be balanced to operate without vibration.
Impeller cases shall be machined from cast iron, heavily ribbed to prevent
distortion. Inlet and discharge ports are integral parts of the impeller case.
b. Timing gears shall be machined from alloy steel. They shall be bolted to
timing hubs. Timing hubs shall be serrated on the inner diameter and
placed over matching serrations on the shaft. Timing hubs shall be locked
in the axial position by a lock unit.
Timing gears and gear end bearings shall be force feed lube system from
an oil -tight housing enclosing the timing gears. Drive -end bearings shall
be grease lubricated through fittings. Lip -type seals shall prevent oil and
grease from entering the impeller chamber.
c. Shaft centers shall be maintained by double row heavy duty anti -friction,
spherical, self -aligning bearings. Bearings shall be located in flanged type
bearing cartridges for easy removal in the field. Gear and bearings shall
be locked to maintain the axial position of the impellers in the case.
d. Air vents shall be located between the seals and the impeller chamber to
relieve the air pressure on the seals.
15880 Page 1

Blowers shall be mounted in the verticle position. Drive shaft extension
shall be bottom. Air discharge shall be to the bottom right when viewing
from the drive end. Blowers shall be direct coupled to 1780 RPM motors.
Blowers shall be Sutorbilt° size 1016. Series 6000 as manufactured by
Cooper Industries, Compton, California or approved equal.
e. Each motor shall be 200 Hp, 1800 RPM, 1.15 SF, 460 volts, three phase,
60 Hertz current, open type. All frame sizes shall be NEMA standards.
g•
Enclosed guards shall be supplied. Guards shall be of sheet metal and shall
be totally enclosed to conform to applicable safety codes.
A common base shall be supplied under each blower and motor. It shall
be fabricated of deep section rigid steel, reinforced to withstand normal
loading.
h. Pressure Relief Valve: One 125# ANSI flange Sutorbilt 6" weight loaded
pressure relief valve shall be supplied for each blower. Relief valve shall
be set to open at 12 psig. Relief valve must be capable of passing
sufficient air volume to prevent damaging overload on blower and driver.
i. Check Valve: One techno check valve, water type, style 5004, shall be
supplied for each blower check valve shall have inlet and outlet of 10
inches.
J.
Inlet Silencer: The inlet silencer shall be of multiple chamber design for
maximum sound attenuation. One stoddard size L61H-12 inches inlet
silencer with two saddles shall be supplied with each blower.
k. Discharge Silencer: The discharge silencer shall be of multiple chamber
design for maximum sound attenuation. One stoddard size D33H-10 inches
discharge silencer with two horizontal mounting saddles shall be supplied
with each blower.
1. Flexible Connectors: Each blower shall have a 10 inch Sutorbilt flexible
connector on the inlet and outlet to eliminate any stresses on the blower.
m. Pressure Gauge: One liquid filled solid front blowout back safety bourbon
tube pressure gauge shall be supplied for each blower. Pressure gauge
shall read from 0 to 30 psi as manufactured by Haeni. Valves and
connecting lines shall be supplied by Contractor.
2. Air Blower - Size "B"
Each blower shall deliver 1500 SCFM of free air when operating at 1765 RPM and
against 10 psig discharge pressure.
a. Impeller casing shall be strongly ribbed to prevent case distortion when
operating at rated pressures.
15880 Page 2

Impellers shall be close grain ductile iron strongly ribbed internally. They
shall be static and dynamically balanced. Impellers shall be machined on
all exterior surfaces for operating at close clearances. They shall be
attached on the gear end to the machined forged alloy steel shafts by an
integrally forged flange. Shafts shall be of one piece design to pass
completely through the impellers in order to support the impellers
properly. They shall be balanced to operate without vibration.
Impeller cases shall be machined from cast iron, heavily ribbed to prevent
distortion. Inlet and discharge ports are integral parts of the impeller case.
b. Timing gears shall be machined from alloy steel. They shall be bolted to
timing hubs. Timing hubs shall be serrated on the inner diameter and
placed over matching serrations on the shaft. Timing hubs shall be locked
in the axial position by a lock unit.
Timing gears and gear end bearings shall be force feed lube system from
an oil -tight housing enclosing the timing gears. Drive -end bearings shall
be grease lubricated through fittings. Lip -type seals shall prevent oil and
grease from entering the impeller chamber.
c. Shaft centers shall be maintained by double row heavy duty anti -friction,
spherical, self -aligning bearings. Bearings shall be located in flanged type
bearing cartridges for easy removal in the field. Gear and bearings shall
be locked to maintain the axial position of the impellers in the case.
d. Air vents shall be located between the seals and the impeller chamber to
relieve the air pressure on the seals.
Blowers shall be mounted in the verticle position. Drive shaft extension
shall be bottom. Air discharge shall be to the bottom right when viewing
from the drive end. Blowers shall be direct coupled to 1800 RPM motors.
Blowers shall be Sutorbilte size 812. Series 4500 as manufactured by
Cooper Industries, Compton, California or approved equal.
e. Each motor shall be 100 Hp, 1800 RPM, 1.15 SF, 460 volts, three phase,
60 Hertz current, open type. All frame sizes shall be NEMA standards.
f. Enclosed guards shall be supplied. Guards shall be of sheet metal and shall
be totally enclosed to conform to applicable safety codes.
g. A common base shall be supplied under each blower and motor. It shall
be fabricated of deep section rigid steel, reinforced to withstand normal
loading.
h. Pressure Relief Valve: One 3" inch threaded Sutorbilt weight loaded
pressure relief valve shall be supplied for each blower. Relief valve shall
be set to open at 12 psig. Relief valve must be capable of passing
sufficient air volume to prevent damaging overload on blower and driver.
15880 Page 3

i. Check Valve: One techno check valve, water type, style 5004, shall be
supplied for each blower check valve shall have inlet and outlet of 8 inches.
j. Inlet Silencer: The inlet silencer shall be of multiple chamber design for
maximum sound attenuation. One stoddard size L61H-8 inches inlet
silencer with two saddles shall be supplied with each blower.
k. Discharge Silencer: The discharge silencer shall be of multiple chamber
design for maximum sound attenuation. One stoddard size D33H-8 inches
discharge silencer with two horizontal mounting saddles shall be supplied
with each blower.
I. Flexible Connectors: Each blower shall have a 8 inch Sutorbilt flexible
connector on the inlet and outlet to eliminate any stresses on the blower.
m. Pressure Gauee: One liquid filled solid front blowout back safety bourbon
tube pressure gauge shall be supplied for each blower. Pressure gauge
shall read from 0 to 30 psi as manufactured by Haeni. Valves and
connecting lines shall be supplied by Contractor.
3. Inlet Filter
a. The inlet filter media shall be suitable for indoor service and designed to
prevent harmful grit and dirt from entering the blower. The inlet filter
shall also have an expansion chamber and a baffle arrangement for
additional sound attenuation.
b. Air intake filter inlet silencer shall be supplied as shown on Plan.
END OF SECTION
15880
Page 4

SECTION 16010
BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16.
B. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment and scaffolding, together with
the services of all necessary supervision and labor, required to perform at the job site the
installation of the Work in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings.
C. This Section includes, but is not limited to the following:
1. Low voltage secondary power distribution and control systems including conductors,
raceways, motor control center, and related items.
2. Lighting system including fixtures, lamps, panelboard, control devices, conductors,
raceways and related items.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. All equipment, materials, construction methods and the complete installation shall comply
with the following standards and codes, insofar as the apply.
1. ABMA - Anti -Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association
2. ANSI - America National Standards Institute
3. FM - Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation
4. FS - Federal Specifications
5. WFE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
6. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association
7. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association
8. UL - Underwriters Laboratories
9. NFPA - National Electrical Code (NEC), NFPA 70
16010-1

PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR
A. All items and equipment required to complete the Work as specified herein and shown on
Drawings, unless otherwise noted.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. All materials and equipment shall be new, free of any defects and of current manufacture.
B. All materials of a type for which UL listing has been established shall be UL listed and
labelled or services intended. All materials for which NEMA standards have been adopted
shall conform to those standards. All materials of the same type (such as all pushbuttons,
switches, fittings, etc.) shall be the product of the same manufacture.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A Work shall be performed by qualified tradesmen in their area of responsibility. Only
workmanship of the highest quality will be acceptable.
B. Inspection: The Owner at its option, may inspect the work of this Division to assure the
Contractor's total compliance with the Specifications and Drawings. Subcontractor shall
cooperate in scheduling and participating in these inspections.
C. Handling of Materials: Contractor shall be responsible for unloading, storing, protecting
and setting in place all items required for the satisfactory completion of the Work.
D. Contractor shall coordinate the locations of all items installed under this Division of the
Specifications with items installed under other Divisions of the Specifications. Interference
between items installed by other Divisions and this Division shall be avoided and all
corrective work required shall be accomplished without additional cost to the Owner.
E. Contractor shall review manufacturer's shop drawings and drawings of other crafts to
determine final Iocation of conduit stub -ups for equipment installed by other crafts.
F. Shutdowns required for work on existing systems or equipment shall be done at times
approved by the Owner.
3.02 ACCEPTANCE TESTING
A. Power and control wiring shall be checked for continuity and marked after installation in
raceway.
B. Motor windings shall be checked for continuity.
16010-2

C. Power and control wiring insulation shall be megger tested between each conductor and
ground. All other wires which share the conduit and/or cable with the were under test shall
be grounded during the test.
D. Megger testing shall be done before connecting wiring at either end.
E. A 1000 Volt megger shall be used to test wiring insulation rated 600 Volts. Minimum
acceptable resistance shall be 100 megohms.
F. A 500 Volt megger shall be used to test wiring insulation rated 300 Volts. Minimum
acceptable resistance shall be 100 megohms.
G. Motor windings rated 460 Volts nominal shall be megger tested with a 1000 Volt megger
prior to connection of power leads. Minimum acceptable resistance shall be 50 megohms.
H. Motor windings rated 250 Volts and below shall be megger tested with a 500 Volt megger
or per Manufacturer's instructions prior to connection of power leads. Minimum acceptable
resistance shall be 20 megohms.
I. Safety switches and combination starters rated 480 Volts shall be tested with a 1000 Volt
megger. Minimum acceptable resistance shall be three megohms.
J. Safety switches and combination starters rated 240 Volts shall be tested with a 500 Volt
megger. Minimum acceptable resistance shall be three megohms.
K. Motor and phase rotation shall be checked with a phase rotation rester manufactured by
G. Biddle Company (Catalog No. 560060) or approved equal on equipment which could be
damaged by reverse rotation. Motor and phase rotation shall be verified before energizing
motors. All other motors shall be "bumped: to check for proper direction of rotation prior
to performing operational tests on the equipment.
L Resistance to earth for grounding systems shall be measured. Additional ground rods shall
be driven as required until the resistance to earth does not exceed 25 Ohms. Ground
resistance measurements shall not be made within 48 hours after an appreciable rainfall.
M. Functional tests shall include starting the equipment and running it through all its normal
operating sequences to demonstrate proper operation of the equipment and all associated
controls. The proper operations of all alarms, interlocks, and other control functions shall
be demonstrated by manually operating relays, limit switches, etc. as required to simulate
abnormal conditions. Additional operational tests shall be performed, if necessary, to
demonstrate to the Owners satisfaction that the equipment will reliably perform all its
intended functions.
N. Scheduling of acceptance tests shall be coordinated with the Owner to allow him or his
representatives to witness the tests.
16010-3

O. Acceptance tests made on electrical equipment shall be recorded by the Contractor and
shall show the following.
I. Identity of equipment.
2. Type of test and date performed.
3. Test equipment utilized.
4. Paragraph numbers of this specification used as a basis for the test.
5. Test results.
6. Any corrective action taken to make equipment pass test
7. Statement as to what is required for equipment before it is energized or placed in
service.
8. Weather conditions at time of test
9. Name of person or persons making test.
P. Test results shall be given to the Owner immediately after completion.
END OF SECTION
16010-4

SECTION 16110
RACEWAYS
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Rigid metal conduit and fittings.
B. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) and fittings.
C. Flexible metal conduit and fittings.
D. Liquidtight flexible metal conduit and fittings.
E. PVC conduit and fittings.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16120 - Wires and Cables.
B. Section 16130 - Boxes.
C. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices.
D. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI C80.1-77 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc -Coated.
B. ANSI C80.3-77 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc -coated.
C. ANSI/NEMA FB 1-77 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
D. FS WN-C-563 - Electrical Metallic Tubing.
E. FS WW-C-566 - Specification for Flexible Metal Conduit.
F. UL 360-80 - Liquid -Tight Flexible Steel Conduit, Electrical.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide for rigid metal conduit, flexible metal conduit, liquidtight flexible
metal conduit, fittings, and conduit bodies.
16110-1

PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 RIGID METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1; heavy wall, galvanized.
B. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit.
2.02
A. EMT: ANSI C80.3 FS WW--563 GALVANIZED TUBING.
B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; Steel or malleable iron, compression type.
2.03 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND I:'i'I TINGS
A. Conduit: FS WW-C-566; galvanized steel.
B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.04 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit: UL 360; galvanized steel construction with PVC jacket.
B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
205 PVC CONDUIT
A. Conduit: Type 40-Heavy Wall Rigid
B. Fittings: Material to match conduit
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT ROUTING
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough -in.
C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route
as required to complete wiring system.
16110-2

3.02 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT
A. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance.
B. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to
walls and adjacent piping.
C. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping.
D. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations.
Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted
split stamped galvanized hangers.
E. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical.
F. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Removal all wire used for
temporary conduit support during construction before conductors are pulled.
G. Support conduit at a maximum of 10 feet on center.
3.03 CONDUIT INSTALLATION
A. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter; de -burr cut ends.
B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely.
C. Use conduit hubs or sealing lockouts for fastening conduit to cast metal boxes and for
fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp of wet locations.
D. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes.
E. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams.
F. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
G. Provide No. 12 AWG insulated conductor per Section 16120 or nylon pull string, GreenLee
type, in empty conduit, except sleeves and nipples.
H. Conduits and fittings in ductbanks shall be type II PVC Schedule 40 except that rigid steel
conduits with adapters shall be provided for ten degree and larger bends.
I. Conduits and fittings for blower building services; i.e., lighting, receptacles, ventilation shall
be electrical metallic tubing (EMT).
16110-3

3.04 UNDERGROUND DUCIBANK INSTALLATION
A. Install top of duct bank minimum 30 inches below finished grade except under floor slab.
B. Stagger conduit joints in concrete encasement 6 inches minimum vertically and horizontally.
C. Use suitable separators and chairs installed not greater than 4 feet on centers. Band
conduit together with suitable banding devices. Securely anchor conduit to prevent
movement during concrete placement.
D. Provide minimum 3 inch minimum concrete cover at bottom, top, and sides of duct bank.
All concrete used to encase underground electrical duct shall be colored red by the addition
of three pounds of red iron oxide pigment per 100 pounds of cement.
END OF SECTION
16110-4

SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Building wire and Cable.
B. Instrument Cable.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 15955 - Instrument Equipment - Mechanical Erection.
B. Section 15983 - Instrument Equipment - Mechanical Erection for Soda Ash Handling
System.
C. Section 16110 - Raceways.
D. Section 16130 - Boxes.
E. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70-87 - National Electrical Code.
B. IEEE 383-74 - Class 1E Electrical Cables, Field Splices, and Connections for Nuclear Power
Generating Stations, Standard for Type Test of.
C. UL - Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide data for each cable assembly type.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of
use stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.,
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or testing firm
acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
16120-1

PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE
A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.
B. Conductor: Stranded Copper.
C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts.
D. Insulation: ANSI/NFPA 70; Type TH WTHWN.
2.02 INSTRUMENT CABLE
A. Instrumentation cable shall be No. 16 AWG stranded tinned copper conductors. Conductors
shall be polyethylene insulated and rated 600 volts, 60 degrees C. Conductors shall be
twisted with aluminum -polyester shield; No. 18 AWG stranded, tinned copper drain wire.
Cable shall have overall -chrome gray FR-PVC jacket. Cable shall meet 1F.FF 383 flame
test.
B. Wire labels shall be printed in sharp, clear, bold face type and conform with Section 16195.
Letters shall be black on opaque white background. Labels shall be as long as required for
conductor. identification.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather.
B. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed.
C. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
D. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is approximately unless dimensioned. Route
wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions.
E. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determined
exact routing and lengths required.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Completely and thoroughly clean raceway before installing wire.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with Manufacturers' instructions.
B. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.
16120-2

C. Use wire pulling lubricant for pulling wire. Use Burndy "Slikon, "T&B "Compound Blue,"
Ideal "Yellow 77," or approved equaL
D. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits.
E. Use conduction not smaller than 14 AWG for power control circuits and conductor not
smaller than 16 AWG for instrument control circuits.
F. Protect exposed cable from damage.
G. Support cables above accessible ceiling using spring metal clips or plastic cable ties to
support cables from structure or ceiling suspension system. Do not rest cable on ceiling
panels.
H. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
I. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards.
J. Clean conductor surfaces before installing Iugs and connectors.
K. No splices or joints shall be made in lighting and receptacle branch circuit conductors
except at outlets, accessible junction boxes, mogul fittings, or accessible raceways. Joints
in circuit wiring shall be made mechanically and electrically secure.
L Splices for lighting and receptacle branch circuit conductors No. 10 AWG or smaller shall
be as follows:
1. Joined with splice caps applied with proper indentor tool, which provides
deformation of the cap in two directions at tight angles to each other
simultaneously, or
2. Connected by means of spring pressure connectors consisting of a cone -shaped
expandable steel coil spring.
M. No splices are permitted in power or control circuit conductors.
N. Identify wire and cable under provisions of Section 16195.
O. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated on Drawings.
3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection prior to energization.
B. Measure tightness of bolted connections and compare torque measurements with
manufacturer's recommended values.
END OF SECTION
16120-3

SECTION 16130
BOXES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes.
B. Pull and junction boxes.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16160 - Cabinets and Enclosures
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NEMA FB 1-77 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
B. ANSI/NEMA OS 1-73 - Sheet -steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box
Supports.
C. ANSI/NFPA 70-87 - National Electrical Code.
D. NEMA 250-79 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or testing firm
acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLET BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSINNEMA OS 1, galvanized steel.
B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Provide gasketed cover by box
manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs.
16130-1

2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvaniml steel.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify locations of outlets in control room and work areas prior to rough -in.
C. Electrical boxes as shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Install
at location required for box to serve intended purpose.
D. Install electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
E. Install electrical boxes to maintain neat mechanical appearance.
F. Align adjacent wall -mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with
each other.
G. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas.
H. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inch
separation.
L Secure flush mounting box to interior wall. Accurately position to allow for surface finish
thickness.
J. Support boxes independently of conduit.
K Use multi -gang box where two or more devices are to be mounted together. Do not use
sectional box.
3.02 ADJUSTING
A. Install knockout closure in unused box openings.
END OF SECTION
16130-2

SECTION 16141
WIRING DEVICES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wall switches.
B. Receptacles.
G Device plates and decorative box covers.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16130 - Boxes
1.03 REFERENCES
A. NEMA WD 1-79 - General Purpose Wiring Devices.
B. NEMA WI) 6-83 - Wiring Device Configurations.
C. ANSI/NEMA 70-87 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's catalog information showing dimensions, colors, and
configurations.
1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or testing firm
acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 WALL SWITCHES
A. Description: NEMA WD 1, heavy-duty, specification grade AC only general -use snap
switch.
B. Device Body: Ivory plastic with toggle handle.
C. Ratings: Match branch circuit and load characteristics.
16141-1

2.02 RECEPTACLES
A. Description: NEMA WD 1; heavy-duty, general -use specification grade receptacle.
B. Device Body: Ivory plastic.
C. Configuration: NEMA WD 6; type as specified and indicated on Drawings.
D. Convenience Receptacle: NEMA Type 5-20.
2.03 WALL PLATES
A. Decorative Cover Plate: Stainless Steel
B. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast aluminum with hinged gasketed device cover.
C. Cast Metal Box Cover Plate: Galvanized sheet steel.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install devices plumb and Ievel.
Install wall switches with OFF position down.
D. Install convenience receptacles vertically with grounding pole on top.
E. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment ground conductor.
F. Install decorativeplates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas.
G. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above
accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets.
3.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
B. Install convenience receptacle 24 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated on
Drawings.
16141-2

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect each wiring device for defects.
B. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation.
C. Verify that each receptacle device is energized.
D. Test each receptacle device or proper polarity.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level.
END OF SECTION
16141-3

SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Conduit and equipment supports.
B. Fastening hardware.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring,
which they carry.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
A. Support Channel: Galvanized or painted steel.
B. Hardware: Corrosion Resistant.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure
using beam clamps. Do not use spring steel clips and clamps.
B. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board
partitions and walls; self -drilling anchors or expansions anchor on concrete surfaces; sheet
metal screws in sheet metal studs; and wood screws in wood constructions.
C. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
D. Do not use powder -actuated anchors.
E. Do not drill structural steel members without the permission of the Owner.
F. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present
a neat appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts.
G. In wet locations install free-standing electrical equipment on concrete pads.
H. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
END OF SECTION
16190-1

SECTION 16195
ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Nameplates and labels.
B. Wire and cable markers.
C. Conductor color coding.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Include schedule for nameplates and labels.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Nameplates: Engraved three -layer laminated plastic, white letters on a black background.
B. Wire and Cable Markers:
1. Labels for single conductor and individual cable wires shall be slip-on, heat -
shrinkable sleeve markers, with black lettering on a white background. Labels shall
be W. H. Brady computer -printable "Bradysleeve," or approved equal.
PART 11i EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Clean surfaces to reritive nameplates and labels.
B. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines.
C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using self -tapping screws.
3.02 WIRE IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and
junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with panel number bratieli circuit or feeder
number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on
schematic and interconnection diagrams for control wiring.
16195-1

3.03 NAMEPLATE ENGRAVING SCHEDULE
A. Disconnect Switches, Panelboards, Control Panels, Transformers, and Mortar Starters:
letters 3/16 inch; nameplate shall be sized to accommodate information shown; identify
voltage, phase, source of power, and equipment served.
3.04 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING SCHEDULE
A. Conductors sizes No. 6 AWG and larger shall be identified using colored phase tape at
terminals and splice points were accessible after installation.
B. Conductors sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller shall be identified using colored insulation or
jacket. Where colored insulation or jackets are only available on special order, alternate
methods may be used if approved by Owner.
C. 240/120 Vac System: Hot - Black
Hot - Red
Neutral - White
Ground - Green
D. 480-277 Vac System: Phase A - Yellow
Phase B - Orange
Phase C - Brown
Neutral - Gray
Ground - Green
E. 208/120 Vac System: Phase A - BIack
Phase B - Red
Phase C - Blue
Neutral - White
Ground - Green
F. Plant Emergency Alarm System: Red and yellow.
END OF SECTION
16195-2

SECTION 16481
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
PART I GENERAL
1.01 - SECTION INCLUDES
A. Motor control center (MCC).
1.02 REFERENCES
A. Industry standards and specifications:
1. American National Standards Institute/NationaI EIectrical Manufacturing
Association (ANSI/NEMA).
a. ICS 6-83 - Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. The following information and drawings:
1. Layout and orientation.
2. Overall dimensions.
3. Mounting dimensions.
4. Connection dimensions.
5. Diagrams: schematic, single line, interconnection.
6. Weight.
7. Nameplate Data.
B. Additional Information: Two copies each of the following shall be furnished to the owner:
1. Recommended spare parts lists.
2. Operating and maintenance instructions.
16481-1

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver in 60 inch maximum width shipping splits, individually wrapped for protection, and
mounted on shipping skids.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 . MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
A. Wiring: NEMA ICS 2; Class I, Type B. See Drawings.
B. Main Overcurrent Protection: Molded case circuit breaker, 2000 amperes, as shown on
Drawings with ground with fault circuit interrupter.
O Motor Starters: Size and type as shown on Drawings and specified in article Combination
Magnetic Motor Starters.
D. Feeder Tap Units: Molded case thermal -magnetic circuit breakers.
E. Rating: 480 volts, three phase, four wire, 60 Hertz.
F. Horizontal Bus: Copper, with a continuous current rating of 2000 amperes.
G. Vertical Bus: NEMA ICS 2; 600 amperes, copper.
H. Ground Bus: 600 amperes (min), copper ground bus shall extend the entire length of the
control center.
I. Integrated Equipment Short Circuit Rating: 50,000 amperes rms symmetrical at 480 volts. -
J. All buswork shall be braced to withstand a minimum short circuit current of 65,000 amperes
rms symmetrical.
K. Configuration: Units front mounting only, accessible from the front only.
L. Enclosure: ANSIINEMA; Type 1A, gasketed.
M. Finish: Manufacturer's standard gray enamel,
N. Metering Section: Standard manufacturer's meters, panel mounting, 2% accuracy minimum;
types of meters as shown on Drawings.
2.02 COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER UNITS
A. Motor Circuit Protector (MCP): NEMA AB 1; circuit breakers with integraI instantaneous
magnetic trip in each pole. Provide external operating handle.
B. Magnetic Motor Starters: NEMA ICS 2; AC general-purpose Class A magnetic controller
for induction motors rated in horsepower. Combine motor starters with motor circuit
protector disconnect in common enclosure.
16481-2

C;. Full Voltage Starting: Non -reversing type.
D. Rating: 480 Volts, three phase, 60 Hertz
E. Coil Operating Voltage: 120 Volts, 60 Hertz
F. Size: NEMA ICS 2; size as shown on Drawings, minimum size 1.
G. Overload Relay: NEMA ICS 2; bimetal or eutectic alloy, ambient compensating, with
external reset operator. Overload heaters shall be furnished and installed in field by the
Contractor.
H. : Terminals: Pull apart terminal points with NEMA 2B wiring per Drawings.
I. Control Power Transformer. 120 volt secondary, standard rating in each motor starter.
2.03 NAMEPLATES
A. The door of each operating unit shall be furnished with a 1-1/4 x 3 inch nameplate. Allow
three lines of 3/16 inch high lettering.
B. The MCC shall have a 3 x 9 inch nameplate located at tip center and engraved with the
MCC number shown on Drawings.
C. Nameplates shall be three -layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background.
D. Nameplates shall be fastened with self -tapping metal screws. Adhesive shall not be used.
E. Nameplate engraving information for each unit shall be in accordance with Drawings. The
engraving shall include the equipment number and horsepower rating.
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests
1. The MCC shall be completely assembled, wired, and tested at the factory. Standard
manufacturer's test shall be made to insure the satisfactory operation of all
operating units and associated control devices. The Contractor shall notify the
Owner at least 10 days in advance so that he may send a representative to witness
the tests if he so desires.
END OF SECTION
16481-3

SECTION 16510
INTERIOR LUMINARIES
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Interior luminaries and aci ssories.
B. Emergency lighting units.
C. Exit signs.
D. Luminaire accessories.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 16130 - Boxes.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI C82.1-85 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps - Specifications.
B. ANSI C82.4-85 - Ballasts for High -Intensity Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps
(Multiple Supply Type).
C. ANSI/NFPA 70-87 - National Electrical Code.
D. ANSIINFPA 101-88 - Life Safety Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a
standard product of the manufacturer.
B. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data.
C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use
stipulated by product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements.
D. Manufacturer's Instructions: Include instructions for storage, handling, protection,
examination, preparation, and installation of product.
E. Maintenance Data: Include replacement parts list.
16510-1

1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to requirements of ANSI/NFPA 70.
B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 101.
Furnish products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. or testing firm
acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and shown.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINARIES
A. Furnish products as specified on Drawings.
B. Substitutions: With Owner approval. •
C. Install ballasts, lamps, and specified accessories at factory.
2.02 INCANDESCENT EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS
A. Description: Self-contained emergency lighting unit.
B. Battery: 6 volt, lead acid type, with 1.5 hour capacity.
C. Battery Charger: Dual -rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge fully discharged
battery to full charge within twelve hours.
D. Lamps: 12 watt minimum, sealed beam type in nickel or chrome plated steel housing.
E. Housing: Steel with gray hammer tone finish.
F. Indicators: Provide lamps to indicate AC ON and RECHARGING. Provide voltmeter.
G. Provide TEST switch to transfer unit from external power supply to integral battery supply.
H. Elan icai Knockout for conduit connection as shown on Drawings.
I. Input Voltage: 120 volts.
2.03 EXIT SIGNS
A. Description: Exit sign with integral battery -operated emergency power failure relay, test
switch, AC ON pilot light, battery and fully -automatic two -rate charger.
B. Housing: Sheet steel.
C. Face: Translucent plastic face with red letters in white background.
D. Directional Arrows: Universal type for field adjustment.
16510-2

E. Mounting: Wall as indicated on Drawings.
F. Battery: 6 volt, nickel -cadmium type, with 1.5 hour capacity.
G. Battery Charger: Dual -rate type, with sufficient capacity to recharge discharged battery to
full charge within twelve hours.
H. Lamps- Fixture shall have two-15 watt incandescent lamps and two-3.6 watt d.c. lamps for
emergency operation.
L Input Voltage: 120 volts.
2.04 ACCESSORIES
A. Photoelectric cell: As specified on Drawings.
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install suspended luminaries using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide
pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height.
C. Locate recessed ceiling luminaries as indicated on reflected ceiling plan.
D. Install surface mounted luminaries and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building
ines and with each other. Secure to prohibit movement.
E. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Provide auxiliary members spanning ceiling Tee to support surface
mounted luminaries.
F. Install recessed luminaries to permit removal from below.
G. Install clips to secure recessed grid -supported luminaries in place.
H. Install wall mounted luminaries, emergency lighting units and exit signs at height indicated
on Drawings.
L Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for
temperature conditions within luminaire.
J. Bond fixtures and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
K. Install specified lamps in each luminaire, emergency light unit and exit sign.
16510-3

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Operated each liminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection
and operation.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and adjust luminaries ad required.
B. Adjust exit sign directional arrows as required.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure.
C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
16510.4

PERMIT NO.: NCOO a `E 333
NPDES WASTE LOAD ALLOCATION
FACILITY NAME: (4y oT A6r1rd e- 'v.. at ENV4R6NMENTAL II
RECEIVE
Facility Status: C-zxISTIPJ PROPOSED APR 4 198
(circle one) PpppEgylLLi
_ f . Mr
Permit Status:- AL MO�1CA11Oltl) V� Muir
(circle one)
Maior _!/ Minor
Pipe No• da/
Design Capacity (MGD): ex'' s1: n9 70 46.0 Pr0po3�.d ?.ornM fb
,b
9 ACCeGYdini li M�11
. � -id s .. r-e.por+
, , ,to. ;$4,te44Le , ,if -
7 d i 1 IF -A A 2 A A lig ia• : , , A r 4 -4
RECEIVING STREAM: _ r\'c A4voisort Oirv,e_. k
Domestic (% of Flow):
Industrial (% of Flow):
Comments: -Az
Class:
Sub -Basin: QJ--°7-/�
Reference USGS Quad:
County- On:or`
Regional Office: As
(circle one)
Requsstsd By:
Prepared By:
Reviewed By:
F' 17 1t1u) (please attach)
Fa ? Ra Wa Wi WS
I
Date: 0.7-rn
Date:
ate: 3 (17
6
Modeler
Date Rec.
rrz,t , So
Drainage Area (mil) 7j. r Avg. Streamflow (cfs)•t
7Q10 (cfs) b'43Winter 7.Q10 (cfs) 1•d 30Q2 (cfs) 1
Toxicity Limits: _ r_ S (circle one) Acute / tiro&
Instream Monitoring: r
Parameters / 11, P.O•)'kC&PCd&» / �6y�C'cx,i`u
Upstream Location alCOW d/1a4c/e
Downstream y Location below d iSc i s rq ' 4Q S I
4500
erage
Effluent
Characteristics
o_v` r -
_UO; r
_ 1 �fl imrim--
BODs (mg/i)
5
VD
Or[ = .) oc /t
NH3 N (mg/I)
.2
4-
Cr = b. 0 uy
D.O. (nag/1)
LP
b
Ni z fo. 0 03/{
TSS (mg/l)
- 30
3b
_lo = a5.0 0�i
F. Col. (/100m1)
IWO
(o00-
CN = 6,0 l/l
PH (SU)
L9-ct
Ifi --q
Theme I,_rnr{s al)
I, 46 I.1Y1,51ef/cvvs
7 tntjg YMC164
�1;e.Se U i'LtAf 5
y
nitif
ft
-POW. tf ((hairl56k CV-
ay 00 r-Bio re,o, ea.r 9r&up
Comments:_ e rme r
ntetui-ohiv,
(1 cpe!5 6v1c, and n(11345.
��i,Pride. XiP.4a .- i'mo 1MTi i,JLP MO k

•
1
s;1 I`�
I ♦ Ci.
7J1"i. q.l� *a+ • •
11 — a r.4. '.. y.4..;; ..k.`1a �� 1r � Y r• .,
'
' I 1 r!l�
i
•
f
�i Fg ` , —,` = r ;i 1. ' _
' `..Ia-- , -: J
,
~-��1�O UL r" _ �i�
✓.
j��. / ems.
•
ss
J.
•
•
•
1
•
rLi
•
'
•
r ,
r
• }•1F/

Request No. :5050
"ermit Number
acility Name
.Type of Waste
.Status
Receiving Stream
Stream Class
Subbasin
County
Regional Office
Requestor
Date of Request
Quad
'WASTELOAD ALLOCATION
APPROVAL FORM
NC0024333
CITY OF MONROE
58% DOMESTIC / 42/. INDUSTRIAL
EXISTING
RICHARDSON CREEK
C
030714
UNION
MRO 61C---
LULA HARRIS
1/12/99
H17NW
Wasteflow (mgd):
5-Day BOD (mg/1):
Ammonia Nitrogen (mg/1):
Dissolved Oxygen (mg/1):
TSS (mg/1):
Fecal Coliform (#/100m1):
pH (SU):
•
RECE1V ED
swi514N 4f ENViRON1AENiAI on.r.sEYEti1
( MA3 )
MAR 8 196
Drainage Area
Average FloW
Summer 7010
Winter 7Q10
30Q2
RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITS
yoORfSl t.t.
(sq mi)
(cfs)
(cfs)
(cfs)
(cfs)
p
mAR 14 1989
64Pcr?wilTS & r(`ltiif'+k
.�1.
1.8
(one t l uerage J J {1ta/01w t
Summer Win er
Cd(ug/1 2.0
5 10 Cr(ug/1 50.0
2 4 Ni(ug/1 50.0
6 6 Pb(ug/1 25.0
30 30 CN(ug/1 5.0
1000 1000
6-9 6-9
W3 e t& : Cxkori �.r $�!F - tmemL4o ce4 u is
e-roLk.c., 44 o -o->rr'ivk [344*,s-r_.z NI . At vc�
T TOR I NG� 'fib oWicka `ur`Cne•-, aer— . (pc
Upstream (Y/N): Y Location: ABOVE DISCHARGE POINT
Downstream (Y/N): Y Location: BELOW DISCHARGE AT SR 1006
COMMENTS
* THESE LIMITS APPLY TO WASTEFLOWS 7.0 MGD, 9.0 MGD, AND 11.0 MGD.
FOR THE EXISTING PERMITTED WASTEFLOW OF 7.0 MGD, THESE LIMITS ARE PRELIMINARY,
PENDING SAMPLES TO BE TAKEN FROM RICHARDSON CREEK BY OUR BIOLOGICAL GROUP.
RECOMMEND EFFLUENT MONITORING FOR COPPER, ZINC, AND MBAS.
RECOMMEND INSTREAM MONITORING FOR TEMPERATURE, DO, FECAL COLIFORM,
CONDUCTIVITY, BOD5, AND AMMONIA.
SEE ATTACHED TOXICITY TESTING REQUIRMENTS.
Recommended b
Reviewed by:
Tech. Support Supervisor
Regional Supervisor
Permits & Engineering
leAD6=i? v► /
t\ab s ue/
Date 4/4 ?_
3-3 1
1N cc�
Date ����-J--
'.S" Date
Date 4.10__.._.._
a mAiL te_;,)t) bermAJPiwiR 05 ]989.
RETURN TO TECHNICAL SERVICES BY
1 " MO (e goo SL� � , e) ,/

Facility Name
)4/ 0-() Permit # /WOO gf333
CHRONIC TOXICITY TESTING REQUIREMENT (QRTRLY)
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit chronic toxicity in any two consecutive toxicity tests,
using test procedures outlined in:
1.) The North Carolina Ceriodaphnia chronic effluent bioassay procedure (North Carolina Chronic
Bioassay Procedure - Revised `February I987) or subsequent versions.
The effluent concentration at which there may be no observable inhibition of reproduction or
significant mortality is 9(, % (defined as treatment two in the North Carolina procedure.
document). The permit holder shall perform vuarterly monitoring using this procedure to establish
compliance with the permit condition. The first test will be performed after thirty days from
issuance of this permit during the months of YYL1. ,IUy1, 6ep1 lam', . Effluent
sampling for this testing shall be performed at the NPDES permitted final effluent discharge below
all treatment processes.
A11 toxicity testing results required as part of this permit condition will be entered on the Effluent
Discharge Monitoring Form (MR-1) for the month in which it was performed, using the parameter
code TGP3B. Additionally, DEM Form AT-1 (original) is to be sent to the following .1 dress:
Attention: Technical Services Branch
North Carolina Division of
Environmental Management
P.O. Box 27687
Raleigh, N.C. 27611
Test data shall be complete and accurate and include all supporting chemical/physical measurements
performed in association with the toxicity_tests,`as well as all dose/response data. Tota residual
chlorine of the effluent toxicity sample must be measured and reported if chlorine is employed for
disinfection of the waste stream.
Should any single quarterly monitoring indicate a failure to meet specified limits, then Ezonthly
monitoring will begin immediately until such time that a single test is passed. Upon passing, this
monthly test requirement will revert to quarterly in the months specified above.
Should any test data from this monitoringcrequirement or tests performed by the North Carolina
Division of Environmental Management indicate potential impacts to the receiving stream, this
permit may be re -opened and modified to include alternate monitoring requirements or Hrnits.
NOLE: Failure to achieve test conditions:as specified in the cited document, such as rrnimum
control.organism survival and appropriate environmental controls, shall constitute an ir.:'alid test
and will require immediate retesting(within 30 days of initial monitoring event). Failur< to submit
suitable test results will constitute noncortipliance with monitoring requirements.
7Q10 Q. -I cfs.7P.i6
Perinited Flow `7-U MGO
IWC% q6.
Basin & Sub -basin yip 14)1, y
Receiving Stream r".>reeI '
County OW m Date �3/..5/�5
**Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at %(p %,
Y�;�n,�Pr�� �eG_,See Part3 ,Condition --I--
Recommended by:

PV
IWC% 1
Facility Name (mot p` %�//��
Perrrlit#
CHRONIC TOXICITY TESTING REQUIREMENT (QRTRLy)
using test procedures outlined in:
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit chronic toxicity in any two consecutive toxicity tests,
1.) The North Carolina Ceriodaphnia chronic effluent bioassay procedure (North Carolina Chronic
Bioassay Procedure - Revised `February 1987) or subsequent versions.
The effluent concentratj9n at which there may be no observable inhibition of reproduction or
•
significant mortality is `�'7 % (defined as treatment two in the North Carolina procedu::
document). The permit holder shall perform u r rl monitoring using this procedure to establish
compliance with the permit condition. The first test will be performed after thirtydays
issuance of this permit during the months of oic J'� yl 6 OeC, from
sampling for this testing shall be performed at the NPDES°permlt ed final effluent disc. Effluent
harge below
all treatment processes.
All toxicity testing results required as part of this permit condition will be entered on the Effluent
Discharge Monitoring Form (MR-1) for the month in which it was performed, using the parameter
code TGP3B. Additionally, DEM Form AT-1 (original) is to be sent to the following address:
Attention: Technical Services Branch
North Carolina Division of
EnvironrnentaI Management
P.O. Box 27687
Raleigh, N.C. 27611
Test data shall be complete and accurate and include all supporting chemical/physical r ,nasurements
performed in association with the toxiciryrtests, as well as all dose/response data. Total residual
disinfection of the waste stream.
chlorine of the effluent toxicity sample must be measured and reported if chlorine is employed for
Should any single quarterly monitoring indicate a failure to meet specified limits, then monthly
monitoring will begin immediately until such time that a single test is passed. Upon passing, this
monthly test requirement will revert to quarterly in the months specified above.
Should any test data from this monitoring requirement or tests performed by the North Carolina
Division of Environmental Management indicate potential impacts to the receiving strea:n, this
permit may be re -opened and modified to include alternate monitoring requirements or :iinits.
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions 'as specified in the cited document, such as rriztimum
control.organism survival and appropriate environmental controls, shall constitute an it:.'alid test
and will require immediate retesting(within 30 days of initial monitoring event). Failure to submit
suitable test results will constitute, noncompliance with monitoring requirements.
�3 �rod.
7Q10
cfs j 8 61oYL
Penni Led Fl v GL0 MGO Recommended by:
Basin & Sub -basin
Receiving Stream
County n �.�
ate
**Chronic Toxicity (Ceriodaphnia) P/F at 91%,
, See Part '3 , Condition

Facility Name
CHRONIC TO
CITY TESTIN I QUIRE'MENT (QRTRLY)
The effluent discharge shall at no time exhibit chronic toxicity in iy two consecutive toxicity tests,
using test procedures outlira
I.) The North Carolina Ce.riodaphnia chronic effluent bioassay procedure (North Carolina Chronic
Bioassay Procedure - Revised *February 1987) or subsequent versions.
The effluent concentra
significant mortality i
doc:um.ent). The permi
compliance, with the pe
issuance of this permit
sampling for this testing
all treatment processes,
hich there. may be no observable inhibition of reproduction or
e (defined as treatment two in the North Carolina proced
ire
der shall performQj..t?rterly monitoring using this procedure to establish
:ondition. The first .test will be performed after thirty dap from
-ing the months offEffl
_
Than be perforine,d at the I DES pern t d final effluent dischargef tent below
All toxicity testing results required as part of this permit: condition will be entered on the Effluent
Discharge Monitoring Form (MR-1) for the month in which it was petfoi rued, using Cut.' parameter
code TGP3B. Additionally, DEM FOrIU AT-1 (original ) is to be sent to the following ° idress:
Attention: Teechnical Services Branch
North Carolina Division of
Environmental Management
P.O. Box 27687
Raleigh, N.C. 27611
Test data shall be coinple : and accurate and include all supporting chemical/physical rixasurements
performed in association with the toxicit to ts,.as well as all dose/response data. Tot residual
chlorine of the effluent toty sample must be measured and reported if chlorine is employed for
disinfection of the waste, stream.
Should any
monitoring ,
monthly test
gte quarterly rnonitarir g indicate a failure. to meet specified limit's then na
l begin immediately until such time that a single test is passed, p
quirerrrent will revert to quarterly in the months specified above,
Should any test data from this mon. toeing requirement or tests performed by the Not-th 2arolin�a
t e�rn�iton�p� be re -opened oli.`:r� �laintlMmod indicate
potential
`- receiving sere. -;,, this
iacts to the recer
Y p monitoring requirements or
NOTE: Failure to achieve test conditions
control organism survival and appropriate
and will. require imrn d:_,.Ty _. __ ..
'table test results will
10
y
**Chron c Toxicity (C
as specified in the cited document, such as a-,.w:,�a
environmental controls, shall constitute and
r 0 days of initial rnoni.torit°ig event). L.ailur-t ro su mite
with monitoring re. geair�°rz�er'e��.
d by:
See Part